Home

Drag Race Analyzer Pro User`s Manual

1. Front Wheel Tire If you have specified Front Wheel Drive as the Driveline Layout in the Body amp Axle menu this section will be labeled Rear Wheel Tire These wheel and tire specs are only used to estimate the inertia losses of accelerating these wheels and tires Type Click on this combo box to select to Let Program Estimate Specs recommended for most situations unless you are trying to estimate rolling inertia effects Use Specs Below or Pick an Example Wheels amp Tires Wt Ibs This is the weight of one wheel tire assembly which can be obtained by weighing the tire mounted on the wheel on a weighing or bathroom scale The program assumes there are 2 front wheels and tires on the vehicle unless you have specified Motorcycle as the Driveline Layout in the Body amp Axle menu Tire Diameter inches The diameter of the tire is the distance from the tread across the center of the wheel to the other tread This is sometimes referred to as how tall the tire is See Tire Diameter in the Rear Wheel Tire section below for more details 47 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Rear Wheel Tire Specs If you have specified Front Wheel Drive as the Driveline Layout in the Body amp Axle menu this section will be labeled Rear Wheel Tire Wheels amp Tires Wt Ibs This is the weight of one wheel tire assembly which can be obtained by weighing the tire mounted
2. Click on these combo boxes to describe your vehicle The program search its data base to see if a good match can be found If not the Notes section at the bottom will state the closest match available in is the data base Then you will have to decide yourself if this Note ee oa 7 A Estimated weight is based on the closest match providing a good enough estimate If its not a good match click found 1990 Chevrolet Monte Caro Small Block on cancel to return to the Body amp Axle screen 2 Gallons of Fuel These specs will estimate the weight of the vehicle without the driver or any fuel in the tank Use Calc Value Help Cancel Print C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Additional Weight Driver Weight Ibs Enter the driver s weight in pounds Gallons of Fuel Enter the gallons of fuel in the tank The program calculates pounds from this based on the density of gasoline The density of alcohol and diesel fuel are close enough for this to be a good estimate of those fuel weights also 2 8 9 Calc Final Drive Ratio This menu is available by clicking on the Final Drive Ratio Clec button in the Body amp Axle specs menu Type Click on this combo box to select from e Ring amp Pinion Gear Only typical of most rear wheel drive rear axles e Chain Drive Only typical of go carts most motorcycles etc e Primary Ratio amp Chain Drive typical o
3. Be Prog Time to Full Nitrous Start Time HP Rating gt Throttle Stop Type Typical On once only al Third Stage Total Carb CFM cid Summary graphs 1st Stop 2nd Stop Start Time es Timeon ff Carb Closed s0 cic Help on down arrow button to pick Yes or No A 0 Hood Scoop is any method of capturing the tam air Clsd effect due to vehicle speed of incoming air which 100 raises air pressure to the engine cowl induction 0 Time seconds inlets under the bumper in headlight pockets etc p we Hood Scoop Hood Scoop being Used Click on down arrow button to pick Yes or No A Hood Scoop is any method of capturing the ram air effect due to vehicle speed of incoming air which raises air pressure to the engine cowl induction inlets under the bumper in headlight pockets etc If you choose Yes enter the efficiency of the hood scoop below 23 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Hood Scoop Efficiency Is the efficiency of capturing all the possible ram air pressure of the incoming air Production hood scoops are anywhere from 0 40 efficient Tall Pro Stock style scoops can be up to 100 efficient Click on the Cle button to calculate from measured data from your car Hood scoops increase power for 2 reasons First they let the engine draw air which is cooler than underhood air This effect or l
4. C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Secondary Throttle Angle Is the angle of the secondary throttle plates when the throttle stop comes on where fully open is 90 degrees and fully closed is 0 degrees This is difficult to measure exactly and will likely be an estimate 2 8 7 Centrifugal Clutch Force lbs Fig 2 39 Cent Clutch Force for Lockup RPM Click on the Clc button by Centrifugal Force in the Transmission Specs screen if you have specified a Racing cria A Ep SE EM TEREE Centrifugal Clutch The screen of figure 2 x appears RPM in this case asking for the desired lockup RPM Enter an RPM and the program will try to find a Centrifugal Force which produces this lockup RPM Note that an answer may not be found for example if the static force alone produces lockup at all RPMs Cancel Figure 2 40 Estimated Vehicle Weight 2 8 8 Est Vehicle Weight This menu is available by clicking on the Vehicle Weight Clc button in the Body amp Axle specs menu This screen provides only eee an estimated vehicle weight and should only be used if you can not weight the vehicle Vehicle Specs Year fisg90 lt i SY Vehicle Specs Muka Chevrolet E Year Model Monte Carlo gt Make Engine Small Block 8 Model Transmission Automatic gt En g ine Convertible Transmission Convertible Additional Weight Driver Weight
5. a 657 bytes modified on Wednesday May 19 1999 3 28 48 PM Confirm Folder Replace with this one gs This folder already contfins a folder named Combo 211KB If the files in the existing folder have the same name as files in the 7 i folder you are moving they will be replaced Do you still want to move modified on Tuesday August 31 1999 1 09 24 PM the folder YestoAll No Cancel 180 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Appendices Index Chapters 1 3 Only see 2nd Index following this one for Chapter 4 and Appendices 4 wheel drive 41 60 foot time 14 92 94 95 96 98 99 136 60 foot sec 95 99 Accel Gs 69 70 84 120 Acceleration 1 42 48 49 69 70 74 128 Aerodynamics 43 44 83 84 85 Air Temperature 61 95 All Wheel Drive 33 40 41 Altimeter 60 61 62 95 99 Analysis Report 115 116 Arm Clt 36 37 ASCII File 111 112 113 117 118 Assumptions 7 3 25 26 27 40 43 47 48 54 61 63 70 73 Axle Design 41 Axle Ratio 7 Barometer 60 61 62 95 136 Body amp Axle 6 11 39 47 48 74 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 101 107 Bog Engine 52 Bonneville 62 63 136 Bump 63 C RPM 69 C Slip 70 Calculate Performance 6 7 8 10 59 60 67 68 75 84 85 88 89 94 98 107 109 117 Calculate Performance Conditions 6 8 9 10 59 68 84 85 88 89 107 109 Calculation Menu 6 10 19 20 71
6. step sizes will try more combinations but will require more calculation time p xx Cancel 107 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Figure 2 69 Results of Chain Calculation Click here to graph the results as shown in Figure 2 70 Click here to print the results i Drag Racing Analyzer Fro v2 0 TE Performance Trends Super Gas Grand Am 135 08 1320 00 135 86 1320 00 136 96 1320 00 138 22 1320 00 139 14 1320 00 Figure 2 70 Graph of Chain Calculation Results Back File Format View GraphType Help 25 25 ENT EN SESS CSUSB ET sec vs Final Drive Ratio chain results Tread Width in 12 identified here read Width in 14 Tread Width in 16 f t 4 r f6t SO SG GTS i ie A f 4 5 4 7r 4 4 108 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions 2 14 Auto Optimize The Auto Optimize feature is much like the Chain Calculation feature described in Section 2 13 with these 3 exceptions e You can select to change up to 10 different specs in the different categories e You tell the program what you are looking for or what your performance target is e The program performs calculations on all combinations and keeps the 10 combinations which most closely match your target To get to the Auto Optimize screen enable the Auto Optimize button in the Calculate Performance Conditions screen a
7. Data File Specs File C VB98 projects6 drp20 AGILESPIE TXT Column Seperator Data Column Assignments Full path to file you are z z Data Logger Data Name Drag Race Analyzer Pro Label a importing Comma Seperated ne Time seconds E Time Column in data file gt i Eng RPM Engine RPM Column in data file Z i FriwhlRPM Front Wheel RPM Time Increment Vehicle Speed a Accel G F Start Time a This section shows how you have assigned the File Data Column Graph Data Name columns of data from the Default Graph Name Time Time sec a leah nae Sine Gtaph i Eng RPM Engine A i MPH Vehicle S Feet Distance T eae rE aia n a Accel Gs Scseleral e possible Drag v EngineHP HP Aval Racing Analyer Pro Track Length 1 4 Mile ooh lg per a Graph Data Names to EA Ach RPM Clutch Ou assign for these data columns are given here Tq Converter No 7 MPH Click on one selection from each list above fvagsign a Name to I a Data Column Assignments are shown in the Lis above 60 ft Time Help Density Alt Pick what seperates the data columns in this file The break The names of the colum ns down of the columns is shown in the File Data Columns list in the file or the first data Dry Density Alt point of each column are shown here These non critical Comments are for information only and do not need to be filled in 112 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 3 Output
8. Safety Margin Predicted Run Is the amount of time you want the program to subtract from its exact prediction of your dial in For example say the program s calculations predict a 10 055 second dial in You must realize that this is based on all inputs being exactly correct your reaction time being exactly the same as the previous run and the program s prediction capabilities being exactly correct None of these are exact To compensate you can enter in a safety margin amount of time to compensate for any inconsistencies If your opponent is highly competitive then enter in a small Safety Margin You ll have to run very close to your number to win and are willing to take more of a chance at breaking out If your opponent is not competitive then enter in a larger Safety Margin You won t have to run that close to your number to win but want to make darn sure you don t break out and beat yourself 99 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Dial In Predicted Run This is the program s prediction of what your Dial In should be It is the program s predicted ET minus the Safety Margin Therefore the Dial In will be quicker by the amount of the Safety Margin than what the program actually believes you will run If this is blank click on the Cle button by it or Update Prediction in the menu bar at the top of the menu The Dial In is not saved because its value will change dependin
9. cc8094 s 104 ud6060 s 107 Figure 3 23 Advanced Open or Save Screen Folders d vbwin cam a examples Sq d 4 3 vbwin 3 cam anzr camdata E3 examples Drives An Files 7 amp d Copy to Floppy Open From Floppy Figure 2 24 shows how to copy files to and from floppy disks Tips to Advanced Users If you have a file from another computer from another disk like a floppy or folder you can simply copy it into any folder in the DRPFILES folder and it will be found by the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro program This can be done with a program like Windows Explorer which is part of Windows Programs or Accessories or Tools You can also create new folders in the DRPFILES folder and these will also be used by the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro program 134 Figure 3 24 File Commands for Floppy Disks File vehicle CalcET Preferences Help New vehicle Ctrl N Open vehicle Ctrl 0 Save vehicle Ctrl S Save As vehicle Open from Floppy Drive A Drive Save to Floppy Drive A Drive Import Other Drag Racing Analyzer File Import Data Logger File Print Print Blank Worksheet Windows Printer Setup Unlock Program Transfer Program to Another Computer Exit Program Ctrl C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 3 Output 3 6 History Log The Drag Racing Analyzer Pro remembers the results and the vehicle specs which produced those results for up to
10. 102 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Notes Not all specs have Examples available and some Example categories have very few examples from which to choose These features will expand with later updates The specs in these Examples are approximate Different pieces of hardware and later designs may have different specs Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Figure 2 62 Typical Notice about Component Example Notes on Example Data The Drag Racing Analyzer lets you simulate most any type of vehicle you want The examples given here are only to give you ideas of how the specs change for various types of vehicles Also check the Vehicle Library for other examples of complete vehicles by clicking on File then Load vehicle or clicking on the Retrieve or Open button first on the left at the Main Menu You will notice that Vehicle Weights are not given here Thatis because vehicle weight is so critical for performance Itis best to weigh your particular car Be sure to include driver weight and the weight of all fluids producing very different results You will be more accurate if you use your own figures from your own tests or the latest information from the manufacturer No checks are made to see if your combination of Examples is physically possible You can choose to put Ford Toploader transmission gear ratios behind a 5 HP Briggs amp Stratton engine in a Prod 82 Corvette body
11. 88 89 Calculation Menus 6 10 19 20 71 88 89 Centrifugal 6 1 30 31 35 36 79 CG 42 Chain 40 80 81 107 Chain Calculations 6 1 40 80 81 105 106 107 108 109 Circumference 48 86 87 Clc button 10 18 19 20 24 25 40 42 43 48 49 54 61 71 72 73 79 80 82 87 88 89 94 98 100 Clutch Diameter 30 Clutch Force 31 79 Clutch Material 30 Clutch to Use 36 37 Clutch Converter 30 33 Coefficient lift 44 45 85 Color 1 Colors Graph 15 Comments 7 9 13 36 94 98 111 123 129 130 Computer Driven Launch 51 52 55 57 Concrete Pad 63 Construction Tire 48 49 91 Conv Slip Factor 32 Conv Tq Multiplication 32 70 121 Converter 1 2 18 24 29 30 32 33 52 53 54 57 58 69 70 76 77 91 111 120 121 Converter Capacity 32 57 58 91 Converter Locked Up 33 Corr Factor 19 Counter Weight 37 38 Current Run 68 Default Floppy Disk Drive 14 Density Altitude 2 62 136 Dew Point 10 19 61 88 89 90 95 99 Dial In 6 7 14 88 89 97 98 100 Diff Lock Eff 40 Differential 40 41 Disabled 18 30 36 43 49 52 53 54 60 61 78 106 Displacement 18 72 73 74 Distance 1 42 48 49 63 64 68 69 72 83 87 91 120 136 Distance of Race 91 Dnsy Alt 2 136 Drag Coefficient 43 44 83 84 85 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro 4 1 2 3 4 7 11 13 14 20 21 25 48 49 51 58 67 91 94 101 111 112
12. Example of 50 Shift Throttle Trond 5 Helpi T hatch fe ws Sec Action if Step Type Launch was specified Starting at 60 Clutch and gradually going to 100 after Launch Time Note These graphs are available by selecting Clutch and Throttle as the Graph Data Types gears are changed from 1st to 2nd and when time has passed as specified by the Shift Time the clutch is released 100 and the throttle is opened 100 The third step is repeated for each transmission gear until the vehicle finishes the run Notes The Launch Time starts the moment the clutch is released not when the ET clock starts For example if you specify Launch Time of 1 second and the rollout required 2 seconds and Vehicle Response is 1 seconds the Launch Time will be over at 7 seconds on the ET timer See Rollout specs in Section 2 7 1 If the first shift takes place before the Launch Time is over the clutch and throttle are still controlled per the Launch Specs into Gear 2 until the Launch Time has run out 56 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Torque Converter Launch Type Computer Driven No tire spin 1 The engine is brake torqued at the converter s stall RPM Stall RPM is determined by the engine s available torque and the Converter Capacity Figure 2 24 Converter Launch Type Computer Driven No tire spin 2 At the start the brakes or trans TETEE EA ee ee Beg EOE
13. Name of chosen e CalcET Preferences Help ehicle currently ia Open Vehicle File highlighted in List 48Vehicles in Library Chosen File 88 Dodge Shelby Z Click and drag slide bar 10 Sec Accura FWD Preview i to view all Vehciles 69 428 Cobra Jet Mustang 69 NMCA Dart w Nitrous Preview of Vehicle 70 LT1 Corvette CID 135 f chosen 71 Firebird Formula 400 Auto 5200 HP 174 oni 71 MONTE Pk Tq amp HP 85 Must 5 0L GT 5 Speed Fint Area 21 85 Viale Ymax Manl Trans Drag Coef 38 preview Double click 5 0L Automatic HSE Dodge Daytona Shelby Z Front Wheel to immediately open it Drive 88 Suzuki Katana 1100 Intercooled 135 cid 4 cylinder Turbo 5 speed 89 Camaro IROC Manual 89 Firebird 305 Consrvtvly Rated at 200 ft Ibs 2400 174 Tests can be saved 90 Forde Probe GT Turbo HP 5200 d i 90 Plymouth Laser Turbo rset various categories folders to Folders Help name to display Mover all the vehicles descrip eXAMPLES Dra30 saved under that Click o apen Advanced kevin Folder Name more d Cancel Help Delete ED Click here to bring up standard Windows File Open screen to let you open a file in most any Click here to bring up on screen help Click here to close the Test Library with No changes without opening a test Click here to open the chosen Test 131 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 3 Output Open a Vehicle File To
14. PERFORMANCE TRENDS INC S LIABILITY HEREUNDER SHALL NOT EXCEED ANY AMOUNTS PAID BY USER TO PERFORMANCE TRENDS INC UNDER THIS AGREEMENT Some states do not allow the limitation or exclusion of liability for incidental or consequential damages and some states do not allow the exclusion of implied warranties so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you No action regardless of form arising out of any claimed breach of this agreement or performance under this agreement may be brought by either party more than one year after the affected party learns of the cause of action Refer to diskette envelope for full license agreement The Drag Racing Analyzer Pro makes calculations based on equations and data found in various published and heretofore reliable documents The program is designed for use by skilled professionals experienced with engines and Tests The following processes are hazardous particularly if done by an unskilled or inexperienced user Obtaining data to input to the program Interpreting the program s results Before making measurements of or modifications to any Test engine or driving situation DO NOT FAIL TO Regard the safety consequences Consult with a skilled and cautious professional Read the entire user s manual Obey all federal state amp local laws Respect the rights and safety of others Acknowledgments Several users have help us develop our Drag Racing programs Here are just a f
15. Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 4 Examples Enter weather conditions for an known Previous Run like a practice run Enter ET and 60 foot time for this Previous Run Dial In Prediction File DIALIN Exit File Edit Advance Up fiction Help Enter weather conditions Previous Run Predicted Run De a Predicted or Dial Figure 4 32 Dial In Menu Obs Baro Hg i Obs Baro Hg Air Temp deg F Air Temp deg F Optional not shown here You can enter Rel Hum Rel Hum your estimate of the 60 Elevation feet Elevation feet oot time for the Dial In Wind MPH Wind MPH Run Wind Direction wind Wind Direction 7 ail wind Enter a small Safety Estimate Chang in 60 6f ft sec Margin against good opponent a larger Safety 60 foot sec Let Program Estimate 6C Margin against an ET sec Safety Margin sec Dial In Sec 10 186 E General Specs and Comments Bie Method of Reading Weather Data Help Unco Baro withRelHum Observed barometer reading in inches of Uncorr Baro with Rel Hum mercury as read directly off a barometer E te of Dial In nut instrument not corrected to sea level for hs You will notice in Figure 4 32 there is a spec directly above the Dial In box called w Dial In Prediction File DIALIN Estimate Change in 60 Foot Exit File Edit Advance Update Prediction
16. Then reduce it to a value of 25 50 For front wheel drive cars certain assumptions have been made about the suspension and this value is disabled Aerodynamics Type Click on down arrow button to pick a general description of the car s aerodynamics or choose Use Specs Below to enable the aerodynamics specs Then you can type in your own numbers to the specs below Frontal Area sq ft Figure 2 17 Estimate of Frontal Area sq ft The frontal area is the area in square feet the vehicle s silhouette occupies when viewed from the front Use the formula in Fig 2 17 to estimate Vehicle Height frontal area Frontal areas are in the range of 5 sq ft for a motorcycle to 20 sq ft for a small passenger car to 30 sq ft or more for a full size pick up truck Also see Section 2 8 12 for calculating Frontal Area sq ft by clicking on the Clc button Drag Coefficient E t The coefficient of drag Cd is an engineering term used to describe how aerodynamic a vehicle s exterior design is how easily it slices through the wind A low value for the Cd indicates the car is aerodynamic and requires little power from the engine to overcome wind resistance Many automotive manufacturers now publish the vehicle s Cd in advertising since an aerodynamic car is a more fuel efficient car An aerodynamic car is also a faster car Ifthe actual Cd of a particular vehicle can not be found use Table 2 3 to estimate the 43 Frontal Area sq ft Vehicle He
17. amp Axle Menu for Changing Rear Axle Ratio Axle to bring up the IA Drag Racing Analyzer Pro v2 0 TE Performance Trends 96 Mustang GT menu shown in E e CalcET Pref Help Figure 4 7 Because vl fale cr Match Veh ot Thinttle Stan nae aul you can make many w Body Axle Specs modifications on the OK back GetExample SaveExample Print Help computer easily it is Vehile Weight Body Details Ed not necessary to Vehicle Weight Ibs 350 cic Type Belen install only 1 AG Driveline Layout Rear Wheel Drive 7 different axle ratio reba Ts zw t on Rear Tires Final Drive Ratio In fact you aoe a cid nama ut Loc 50 Prod Posi more ec PA rod Posi qT ees several ratios w1 xle Design l Pi i a 1 Ich Aben ei Rear Track Width in 57 only small changes U Joint Angles Sight about 1 dea 7 so you can clearly Frt Roll Stfms Modem Production see trends z Help peg Ratio of the final drive gears or chain ratio For Type Rear wheel Drive cars this is the Rear Axle Ratio Use SpecsBeew x Lets arbitrarily eip i Click on Cle button to calculate from of gear Use Specs Below teeth p 27 T choose axle ratios a Frontal Area sq ft starting at a point we Era Drag Coefficient believe will more Front Lift Coefficient definitely hurt Rear Lift Coefficient performance and Kende eight a 7 increment through what we belie
18. 00 or lower See Table 2 4 for how lift coefficient can be changed by modifications Also see Section 2 8 14 on how you can calculate the actual Lift Coefficient based on data logger readings Rear Lift Coefficient Engineering term which describes how much lift is generated on the REAR of the vehicle by its exterior design the lower the number the less lift produced See Front Lift Coefficient above Vehicle Height in The average height of the vehicle from the ground This is used to estimate the aerodynamic effect of weight transfer to the rear at high speed It can also be used to estimate the unloading of the front tires at high speed that dragsters can experience 45 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions 46 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions 2 5 Wheels Tires The Wheels Tires Specs describe the front and rear wheels and tires on the vehicle Figure 2 18 Wheels Tires Menu w Wheel amp Tire Specs Ea OK back GetExample Save Example Print Help Front Wheel Tire Specs l Rear Wheel Tire Specs Type Use Specs Below Wheel amp Tire Wt Ibs Wheel amp Tie Wt lbs 50 Tire Diameter in cid Tire Diameter in 24 3 7 Eid M Help Construction Street Radial x Click on down arrow button to pick a method of 2 describing the type of wheel amp tire p 34 Tread Width in Traction Factor Tire Growth
19. 2 7 History Log Section 3 6 Obtaining a printed hardcopy of the results Section 3 4 Example 4 1 will be fairly simple to get you started We will simulate a popular modification installing a different rear axle ratio We will see the effect on 60 ft times ET and MPH First start the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro program following the procedure in Section 1 4 by either e Clicking on the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro v2 0 icon on your Desktop e Clicking on Start Programs Perf Trends then Drag Racing Analyzer Pro v2 0 e Clicking on the DRP EXE DRP program file under the DRP20 folder under the PERFTRNS PTI folder using Windows Explorer instead of the faster 01 Sec Increments A Drag Racing Analyzer Pro 2 0 TE Performance Trends 96 Mustang GT File as Calc ET Preferenci Vehicle Specs Vehicle Summary User Defined Engine Full Power Curve SAE Rating 285 ft Ibs at 3500 RPM and 214 HP at 4500 RPM 282 cubic inches Te Clutch User Defined Specs Transmission 5 speed user defined specs Weight 3350 Asle Ratio 3 08 cist diate Body Style User defined Rear Wheel Drive Front WheelTire s User defined Whoale amp Tres Rear Wheel Tire s 7 5 x 25 00 Street Radial Driving Launch Program will limit tire spin starting at 3000 RPM Shifts 0 secPower Shift at 5500 5500 5500 5500 RPM Calculate Performance Help Comments _ J Move mouse over item for 1996 Ford Mustang GT 4 6L 2 valve EFI Perform
20. 2 9 136 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 3 Output Print You can print the History Log on a printer by clicking on the Print menu command Note that the History Log will be most readable when the Page Orientation is in Landscape setting Options Click on Options and you can select to show or hide the Improvements columns Hiding these columns condenses the History Log so all results can be viewed more easily without having to scroll left right History Log at Graph Screen Figure 3 25 History Log at Graph Screen Click on the History Log button or Menu Command to display History Log 5 Eras Racino Analyzer Pro v2 0 96 Mustang ST omat View GraphType AddTest History Dog Single Test Help From the Graph Screen JEAA EAEE AeA a OAN Te displayed E RPM MPH Accel ng P ccel Gs vs Time sec comets 4 Click in the Graph MPH x 100 column to add a Yes Accel Gs x 10000 or remove a Yes tes lt oe Tests marked Yes to MPH x 100 graph are graphed if Accel Gs x 10000 you select Graph 69 428 cobra jet Tests Marked Yes ois we Click in the Std Accel Gs x 10000 Graph Title column to change the Std Graph Title Alternate titles are Test History also possible by ua Tests Marked Yes Graph Current Test ae Options ae icki n Format fame ebana Tiere Fea Prat Dy Dea ROK fe ET Trt PHT clicking on Format 96 mustang ot 13 007 000 11968 00 then Edit 96 must
21. 400 Transmission Transmission S Example Transmissions Efficiency Gearl GearZ Gear3 Geard Gear5 Gear6 pecs Auto Race PowerGlide I 0 Auto Prod Hvy Dty PowerGlide 1l 0 0 Click on the Auto Prod Lt Dty PowerGlide 1 0 0 T ao a butt Auto Turbo Hydromatic 350 1 l 0 ransmission ba on Auto Turbo Hydromatic 400 S ae 1 1 0 menu at the Main for uto G M 4L80 E 90s or i 1 0 the Transmission Auto Turbo Hydromatic 700R4 Typ 3 T l 0 Auto Turbo Hydromatic Z00R4 Typ 2 I 0 Specs menu For p Auto GM Parts 4L60 PN24502478 Good 90 3 I L 0 Clutch Converter the Auto Mopar Torqueflite 60s Typ 2Z i 7 Oo Type is already set to Auto Fora c4 Typ 90 2 ale 1 o Torque Converter PERE ce ae oats S 5 uto mustang oo s a Use Specs Below Manl 87 Mustang T5 Typical 3 T i You will see the Manl 87 Camaro 5 0L 5 Spd M39 Typical 2 1 94 1 63 hz clutch specs are Tip Click to highlight disabled dimmed to example double click Delete Cancel Print ree to choose example gray indicating they are not used in the calculations 154 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 4 Examples You will notice the Figure 4 21 Transmission Specs Menu Converter Capacity was Transmission Specs 385 for the V 6 and OK back GetExample SaveExample Print Help shows a 7480 RPM for the current Stall RPM l Clutch Converter Transmission This makes sense since Type Torque Converter Use Specs Below
22. Autoscaling Off to lenable changing specs in this menu AutoScaling OFF use specs given above 127 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 3 Output Time Aligning shifting Graphs Many times you may want to realign graph with respect to another for example to line up the start of an acceleration etc The program allows you to shift advance or delay one test over another on the graph as shown in figure 3 17 Figure 3 17 Showing Options to Shift Data from 1 File Over Another File Example of Graph before Time Aligning Back File Format View GraphType AddTest HistoryLog Single Test Help zo E laa elele Lele Dele eieiei easca Corr HP vs Time yam100 0003 all Corr Tq 1 Corr HP i pyam 950 all Corr Ta Corr HP i Mi Click here to shift the selected test left or right advance or delay if i H O N 20 0 Time sec Example of Graph after Time Aligning Back File Format View GraphType AddTest HistoryLog Single Test Help la E aay Ee ef eel bedelle eutvien ser scsted Corr Tq Corr HP vs Time yam100 0003 all Corr Ta 1 2 Corr HP i pyam 950 all 0 Corr Ta Corr HP 0 1 22 20 0 Time sec w DataMite Analyzer v2 0 YAM 925 CFG x Back File Format View GraphType AddTest History Log Single Test Help v Zoom Full View Specify Scales axes v Show Adjusted Timing Show Original T
23. C RPM Is the clutch or converter output RPM See EngRPM below EngRPM Is the engine RPM The difference between CRPM and EngRPM is the amount the clutch or converter is slipping If the clutch is not slipping CRPM will be equal to EngRPM 69 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions TqMult The amount of torque multiplication which is produced in the torque converter or clutch A value of 1 5 indicates that the output of the torque converter is 1 5 times as large as the torque which entered it If the engine can output 300 ft lbs the torque converter will increase it to 450 ft lbs See torque converter explanation in the Assumptions Appendix 1 If the vehicle is equipped with a clutch this value is 1 C Slip Is the amount of clutch or converter slip occurring in percent Eng HP Is the amount of engine HP available considering current engine RPM weather hood scoop effects nitrous oxide injection etc Thrt Is the percent of the engine s HP being allowed to be delivered to the clutch or converter This will be reduced from 100 to prevent tire spin as directed by the Launch Throttle or as directed by the Shift Throttle T Slip Is the amount of slip in the tires in percent All tires show some slip during acceleration even if they do not break loose If the tires are slipping excessively broken loose T Slip is shown as 100 and an S appears in
24. Core Barometer Hg 28 1 Core Barometer Hg 27 1320 00 1320 00 1320 00 1320 00 1320 00 1320 00 1320 00 12N an 5 00 Final Drive Ratio b b b b b b d d u u M M i 106 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions 2 13 Chain Calculations The Chain Calculation lets you make several calculations in succession like links of a chain each time varying or 2 specs through a range of settings To get the Chain Calculation screen enable the Chain Calcs button in the Calculate Performance Cop a eee ae sow nan ewes Oy ie Figure 2 67 Calculate Performance Conditions ee on ene eee anee in Figure 2 68 OK back Calculate Performance ET Print Special Timer Help Track Weather Rollout Distance inches At the Chain Calculations screen choose the 1 or 2 Haaie seg 10 Typical Medium Stage a Categories and specs for those categories doing the Radio TV Report wth Dew Pt Ei Chain Calculation The Current value in the Cor Barometer Hg 30 program is displayed You can then enter a Start At Air Temperature deg F value and Ending value and a step size value For pen deal tid Veh Response Time 575 quick example in Figure 2 68 the Body amp Axle spec of e e Final Drive Ratio will go through a range of settings Wind Spect Type Standard Drag Race Results with Shifts star 7 of 3 2 3 4 3 6 3 8 4 0 4 2 4 4 4 6 4 8 5 0
25. For example if you want MPH data recorded at every 20 MPH starting at 60 and going to 120 you would enter 20 here 65 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions 66 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions 2 2 Calculate Performance Test Results The Drag Racing Analyzer Pro s calculated output is shown in Figure 2 30 below Figure 2 30 Calculated Results Improvement Summary ij Drag Racing Analyzer Pro 2 0 TE Performance Trends 94 NHRA ProStock Firebird Back Graph Print Analyze History File Help F1 7 Notey Summary High Clutch Slip Tire Current ET 7 22 MPH 190 03 60ft 1 08 Timer Cmnts Notes Tractitn Low Click on Notes for more Last 18 13 50 96 1 27 i Details Improvement 10 91 139 07 19 00 Gear __ Time __ MPH__ EngRPM Tq Mult C Slip EngHP Tht T Slip Tr Wt Str Wt 1 00 100 77 18 12 0 4 1053 92 5 D m 00 6 7 1105 18 93 2 06 10 0 1129 18 93 3 25 20 0 957 18 93 5 43 30 0 3 992 18 93 6 62 40 0 i 854 18 93 8 66 42 2 3 1123 18 93 9 80 50 0 i 1140 18 94 1 1 08 61 0 DG a 1137 18 76 4 1 18 63 9 E p 1132 18 73 7 1 18 63 9 1110 18 87 3 1 31 70 0 A 1116 18 87 3 1 63 80 0 1105 14 73 6 1 96 90 0 1145 12 72 8 2 00 91 2 3 1147 12 72 7 2 16 95 7 3 1123 10 71 6 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 Test History of x Close History Log Clear erase History Print Opt
26. Open that test Click and slide button on right for more History info Clicking on Back or pressing the lt ESC gt key will return you to the Main Menu From the Main Menu you can modify the 96 Mustang GT to see the effect on performance For example you could go into any of the component menus and e Change to a different rear axle ratio e Install stickier tires e Change weather or wind conditions The beauty of the program is that it repeats exactly each time This lets you find differences which would be clouded by changes in track conditions or driver variations Many of the input specifications you see in the various menus may not be familiar to you For a brief definition of the inputs simply click on the specification name The definition will appear in the Help frame with a page in this manual for more info Some of the vehicle specifications have Clc buttons One example is Dew Point in the Calculate Performance Conditions menu Clc stands for calculate For example if you want to calculate the Dew Point from wet and dry bulb readings simply click on the Clc button The program will display a new menu listing the inputs and the Calc Dew Point from these inputs For further explanation click on the Help buttons in these menus To use the Calc Dew Point calculated from these inputs click on the Use Calc Value button Otherwise click on Cancel to return to the Calculate Performance Conditions menu with no
27. RPM based on tch Specs up more completely for reducing HP losses due to Full Thy ttle Engine Power Curve and clutch slippage Weather Specs at the track See Centrifugal Clutch Details Clutch Diameter inches Identifies the outside diameter of the clutch disk measured in inches Ifthe Clutch Diameter can not be easily measured let the program estimate it by selecting the Type called Let Program Estimate Clutch Specs 30 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Clutch Force lbs Identifies the clamping force the pressure plate exerts to squeeze the clutch disk s Manufacturers of aftermarket racing type pressure plates generally specify this force in lbs pounds of force If you do not know this force let the program estimate it by selecting the Type called Let Program Estimate Clutch Specs Clutch Disks Is the number of clutch disks which will be 1 for most all production type clutches Only special racing clutches will have more than 1 disk perhaps 2 3 or 4 disks If you do not know the Clutch Disks let the program estimate it by selecting the Type called Let Program Estimate Clutch Specs Clutch Diameter in Enter the Inside Diameter of the clutch disk This must be less than the Outside Diameter listed above Friction Coefficient Enter the friction coefficient for the clutch disk material Currently there are 3 materials which are commonly used in dra
28. Racing Analyzer Pro you will be asked to enter your name as the Registered Owner During this first session you can modify it until you are satisfied Once you accept the name the computer will generate a Registered Code based on the name To be eligible for Tech Help you will need both your registered name and code and to have sent in your registration card The name you enter should be very similar to the name you enter on the registration card Click on Help then About Drag Racing Analyzer Pro at the Main Screen to review your name and code Unlocking Program Options The Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Analyzer is equipped with copy protection This ensures that legitimate users do not have to cover the costs for unauthorized distribution of the program When you first receive the program it is in demo mode In demo mode you can try either the Standard version or the full Professional version for ten days All features are working in demo mode C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 1 Introduction Figure 1 2 Menu to Unlock Program Options F3 Unlock Form Sometime during those 10 days you must call Performance Trends to obtain an Unlocking Code This Unlocking Code will be for either Code to Extend Demo 239235212 the Standard version or the Team Engineer Computer Hardware 842897 Version whichever you have purchased Registered Name Joe Smith pan Before you call Performance Trends you sho
29. Safety Margin to help prevent breaking out When all these have been entered click on Update Dial In or the Clc button by Dial In The program will make 2 passes simulating the Previous run you have already made and the future run you want to predict Based on these results the program will calculate expected ET or Dial In setting This menu is almost like a separate program because you can enter comments in the lower left corner to describe what these specs represent You can then Save these specs by clicking on File in the Menu Bar then Save or Save As Save As lets you save these specs under a new name where Save simply updates the current name with any changes By saving sets of specs you can predict Dial Ins in the future when you do not have results from a previous run Simply click on File then Open and pick a Dial In file with weather conditions or track conditions fairly similar to those you will be running Again be sure the current vehicle specs match the vehicle you are running IMPORTANT This method of using a past saved Dial In file is not nearly as accurate as using the previous run from the same track same day and same weather instruments See Section 3 3 for how to Open or Save vehicle files Saving or Opening a Dial In file works11 much the same way There are 2 general sets of commands which let you copy sets of data from run to another These are e The Edit command where you can Copy or Clear various runs e
30. Specs Transmission 5 speed user defined specs Weight 3350 Axle Ratio 3 08 ition Atie Body Style User defined Rear Wheel Drive Front Wheel Tire s User defined tallest hele Rear Wheel Tire s 7 5 x 25 00 Street Radial Driving Launch Program will limit tire spin starting at 3000 RPM Shifts 0 secPower Shift at 5500 5500 5500 5500 RPM Calculate Performance Comments Move mouse o er item for 1996 Ford Mustang GT 4 6L 2 valve EFI description to b given here Click on Help in menu line for more detailed infc on options Click here to display Calculation Conditions weather track length etc land then calculate performance Move mouse over an area and a description of the item is given here or a balloon appears with the definition in it 11 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Figure 2 2 Explanation of Sections of Typical Menu Click here to close menu Click here to display lists of examples of specs for this menu Click here to save the appropriate current specs in this menu as an lexample in the list of example specs Click here for Printer Setup and to Print this screen Click here to obtain one or several screens of help to explain this menu Is the name of the example specs if lan example was used or else called something like Use Specs Below here specs are not from an example lor are modified from an
31. Temp Wet Bulb Temp deg F Is the temperature of the wet bulb thermometer on the psychrometer in degrees F The wet bulb has a wick or cloth covering the bulb which is moistened with water The dryer the air the greater the difference between the wet and dry bulb readings 89 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions a __ _ __ _ _ _ 8 Relative humidity or dew point can be manually read off a Psychometric chart from these two readings This calculation replaces reading the chart The Wet Bulb Temp must be less than the Dry Bulb Temp 90 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions 2 9 Match Vehicle Performance The Drag Racing Analyzer Pro will automatically fine tune certain critical specs to match a particular vehicle s performance See Example 4 2 The Match Vehicle Performance process consists of 1 You set all specs Engine Transmission etc to match the vehicle you are trying to simulate as close as practical This is very important for accurate results 2 Click on the Match Veh Perf button at the top of the Main Menu to bring up the Match Vehicle Performance menu shown in Figure 2 54 3 Fill in the Match Vehicle Performance menu with the vehicle s performance Then click on OK adjust veh specs to match performance to start the process 4 The program will adjust e Engine Power Curve e Torque Converter Capacity or will switch th
32. Time Predicted Run Corr Baro Hg Air Temp deg F Dew Point deg F Elevation feet 70 Wind MPH Wind Direction Side Wind 60 ft sec Let Program Estimate 6C Safety Margin sec Estimate Change in 60 Throttle Stop 140 Ge M Help Barometer reading in inche of mercury CORRECTED to sea level for elevation p 50 Comments you can enter to describe data These are useful reminders when you open a saved Throttle Stop File Type of weather instruments you are using The Throttle Stop setting the program recommends to run the Index avoid breaking out C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions nn The Drag Racing Analyzer Pro s Throttle Stop Prediction screen will help you decide how to adjust your throttle stop timer for winning consistency Click on the Throttle Stop button at the top of the Main Menu and you are presented with the menu shown in Figure 2 56 This menu will let you predict the throttle stop setting usually the time the stop is ON or the throttles are closed required to produce some desired ET usually the Index based on 2 previous runs with different throttle stop settings Important points for accuracy include e Itis important for accuracy that most all the other vehicle specs accurately match your vehicle before you use the Throttle Stop option This means that if you Calculate Performance for these sp
33. Timer time was quicker shorter than the Last Run s Tabular Results The tabular results gives important vehicle and engine information at significant points during the run e At the start of the run When the Rollout distance has been traveled when the staged light is uncovered At the beginning and end of each shift At 60 330 660 and 1000 ft Some tracks also give times for these distances At 60 and 100 MPH At conditions specified by the user in the Calculate Performance Conditions menu under Display Data At Occasionally two of these conditions may occur very close together For example 60 MPH may occur a couple hundredths of a second before the start of the 1 2 shift at 5000 RPM In these cases you may only get one reading either the 60 MPH point or the start of the shift at 5000 RPM In these cases there may also be some slight error in reporting the results For example if the 60 MPH point was reported it may show engine RPM at 5047 for the start of the 1 2 shift not the specified 5000 RPM 68 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions These errors produce insignificant errors in the overall MPH and ET These discrepancies are reduced if 001 second time in the Preferences menu is selected The following section defines each data column Gear Is the transmission Gear currently being used An RO indicates the rollout condition where the vehicle has moved th
34. cd a Gear 6 No x Converter Capacity clutch or torque Help Click on down arrow button to pick a type of clutch or torque converter p 22 converter Conv rter Stall RPM based on Curent Converter Capacity 3530 Full Thyottle Engine Power Curve and feathe Specs at the track For torque converters full power stall RPM is shown here for the current engine power curve and track weather conditions Refer to this as you adjust converter capacity or simply enter your full power Stall RPM here and the Capacity will be figured for you For Racing Centrifugal clutches the Lockup RPM is shown here For Racing Centrifugal clutches these torque converter specs are changed to clutch specs See Figure 2 12 29 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Clutch Converter Clutch Type Identifies if coupling between the engine and the transmission is through a friction clutch or hydrodynamic torque converter consisting of an impeller turbine and reactor or stator typical of most automatic transmission converters Click on the down arrow of this combo box for the following choices e Let Program Estimate Clutch Specs recommended for beginner users using clutches Use Clutch Specs Below lets you enter centrifugal racing clutch specs also Pick Example Clutch Use Converter Specs Below Pick Example Converter Example Example Name if
35. change from Uncorr Baro to Radio TV Report with a Corr Baro the program will ask for an Elevation for the track since this is needed to make the Barometer Correction All these different inputs are explained below Barometric Pressure Corr Barometer Hg This input is used for either Radio TV Report with Rel Hum or Radio TV Report with Dew Pt It is the Corrected Barometric Pressure in inches of Mercury you will hear from most any TV or radio weather report This spec is disabled if you are using an Altimeter because the altimeter alone is measuring the air pressure Obs Barometer Hg This input is used for either Uncorr Baro with Rel Hum or Uncorr Baro with Dew Pt It is the actual or observed Barometric Pressure in inches of Mercury at the track These barometers measure the actual air pressure at the track and will read approximately 1 inches of mercury less than the barometric pressure you will hear from a TV or radio weather report for 60 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions each 100 feet of elevation This spec is disabled if you are using an Altimeter because the altimeter alone is measuring the air pressure Air Temperature Air Temperature deg F Air temperature in degrees F of the air at the track This spec is used for all Methods of Recording Weather Data Humidity Relative Humidity Describes the air s humidity level in per
36. change to Dew Point Section 2 8 Calculation Menus explains all these calculations Once you feel comfortable changing specifications in the various menus and making various performance calculations read Section 3 5 of this manual called Data Libraries to learn how to save a set of vehicle specifications or recall information which has been previously saved Then you will know all the basic commands to operate the program For a more in depth knowledge of using these commands and an explanation of the results read this entire manual 10 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Chapter 2 Definitions 2 0 Basic Program Operation Figure 2 1 shows the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro s Main Menu with explanations of your options here Figure 2 2 shows the Body amp Axle menu with explanations of options for most component menus Figure 2 1 Main Menu Options Menu bar Click here for drop down Buttons to display menus of program options some being individual menus the same as the Command Buttons containing vehicle and driving specs Name of current vehicle file fa Drag Racing Analyzer Pro 2 0 TE Performance Trends 96 Mustang GT File fvehicle CalcET Preferences Help Match Veh Perf Throttle Stop Vehicle Specs Vehicle Summary Engine User Defined Engine Full Power Curve SAE Rating 285 ft lbs at 3500 RPM and 214 HP at 4500 RPM 282 cubic inches Toes Clutch User Defined
37. eee Back Print Options Graph Data Types HelpiFi brake are Drag Racing Analyzer v3 0 Throttle 2 vs Sec released and the f r r throttle is maintained at i H i i i i 100 The eens drive axle s l brakes are then feathered as necessary to limit power to the driving tires to deliver maximum power to the tires without breaking them loose A Clatch 3 When the engine RPM reaches the 1 2 f Shift RPM the E 5 d i i i 1 E L automatic shifts Note These graphs are available by selecting Clutch and Throttle as the Graph Data Types to 2nd The engine RPM drops as much as is required for the next transmission gear The throttle remains open 100 during the shift and the drive axle s brakes are again feathered as required to put maximum power to the tires without allowing tire spin 4 The third step is repeated for each transmission gear until the vehicle finishes the run Note This method of launching will give the best possible ET and MPH in most cases for the given vehicle specs and driving specs with a torque converter 57 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Torque Converter Launch Type Use Specs Below 1 The engine is brake torqued at the converter s stall RPM Stall RPM is determined by the engine s available torque as limited by Launch Figure 2 25 Converter Launch Type Use Specs Below Throttle and z
38. engine HP after being limited by Throttle This is different than EngHP in the calculated results screen which is the Engine HP BEFORE being limited by Throttle Clutch RPM Input RPM to transmission This is useful to compare to Engine RPM to understand clutch or converter slip AeroDyn HP_ HP to overcome aerodynamic drag TireRad in Drive tire radius By comparing this number to the number in the Wheel Tire Specs menu you can determine how much tire squat or growth is taking place 120 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 3 Output if Computer Launch Y This number is somewhat different than HP in the calculated results screen which is a combination of the plot data types Throttle and Clutch Clutch Percent of clutch force being allowed This number will be less than 100 during clutch transmission shifts 0 during launch Launch Clutch or to limit tire slip for clutch transmission launches if Computer Launch Y This number is somewhat different than HP in Throttle Percent of available HP from the engine being delivered to the clutch or converter This number will be less than 100 during clutch transmission shifts Shift Throttle during launch Launch Throttle due to Throttle Stops or to limit tire slip for torque converter transmission launches the calculated results screen which is a combination of the plot data types Throttle and Clutch Trcetv Wt Percent of th
39. example Other options include Let program estimate specs w Body Axle Specs OK back GetExample SaveExample Print Help l YVehile Weight Body Details Vehicle Weight jbs EERO y Cide Type Ex Body 94 98 Mustang V 8 Driveline Layout Axle Specs Final Drive Ratio Diff Lock Eff 50 Prod Posi M t on Rear Tires Height gt C G in Wheelbase in Rear Track Width in Axle Design ptd Duty Production U Joint Angles 4 light about 1 deg Frt Roll Stfns Modern Praduction Y Help Aerodynamics The weight of the vehicle with the driver in pounds Type p 26 Stock 90 s Pony C ock 30 s Pony Car spec which will b Frontal Area sq ft 20 0 checked against acceptable limits Drag Coefficient 36 7 36 Front Lift Coefficient 30 Rear Lift Coefficient 30 Vehicle Height in 52 Drop down combo box Click on down arrow button on the right side to pick from a list of possible choices for this spec Name of specs Click on them for a description in the menu s help frame Help frame giving definition of spec and page in manual for more info 12 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 2 1 Preferences Click on the Preferences item in the menu bar at the top of the Main Screen to Figure 2 3 Preferences Menu Preferences x Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Program Title Commen
40. installing a spool to replace the differential Both of these modifications cause problems when turning corners since now both drive tires must turn at exactly the same speed The effectiveness of the differential s lockup also depends on the type of suspension for the drive axle Click on the down arrow of this combo box to select the description which best describes your car Notes This specification is ignored if the Driveline Layout is set to Front or All Wheel Drive or Motorcycle For Front Wheel Drive the computer assumes a high lockup due to the front wheel drive s assumed independent front suspension If the lockup is specified as 100 then the specifications Rear Track Width and Frt Roll Stfns have no effect on the results and are disabled 40 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Axle Design Click on arrow button to select a general description of the axle and differential This will be used to estimate friction effects and HP losses U Joint Angles Click on arrow button to select a general description of the angles of the driveshaft U joint or CV joints for front wheel drive This will be used to estimate friction effects and HP losses Body Details Type Click on the down arrow of this combo box for the following choices e Use Specs Below e Pick Example Body e Example Example Name if you have already chosen a body example Driveline Layout Click on the dow
41. is the teeth on the sprocket or drive gear on the transmission input shaft or clutch shaft In almost all cases this number will be larger than Teeth Pinion Gear Teeth Drive Sprocket This is the number of teeth on the smaller drive sprocket on the engine or transmission for chain drive systems In almost all cases this number will be smaller than Teeth Wheel Sprocket Teeth Wheel Sprocket This is the number of teeth on the larger driven sprocket on the wheel or axle for chain drive systems In almost all cases this number will be larger than Teeth Drive Sprocket 2 8 10 Calc Wt on Rear Tires This calculation is available from the Body amp Axle Specs menu and allows you to calculate a vehicle s weight distribution Total Vehicle Weight lbs Figure 2 42 Calc Wt on Rear Tires Is the total vehicle weight with driver as measured on a scale This Ly an Rear Tires initially set to the Vehicle Weight in the Body and Axle specs menu us but can be changed to anything fale Wt on Hea Tres Moo ehicle Weights Weight on 1 Axle Total Vehicle Weight Ibs Is the weight recorded on the scale with the driver when only one Weight on 1 Axle a axle s tires are on the scale either front or rear tires Which Axle O B Note These weights should all be obtained with the Which Axle driver in the vehicle Click on the combo box to choose either Rear or Front to identify Use Calc alue
42. less weight or add a supercharger more weight etc Adding Removing or Shifting Weight e Vehicle Weight e Wt on Rear Tires e Front amp Rear Wheels Tires Weight Changing vehicle height e Height of CG e Frontal Area sq ft Changing wheels and tires All the Wheels Tires Specs Vehicle Weight Ibs Wt on Rear Tires Track Width Frontal Area sq ft Changing torque converter e Converter Capacity e Conv Tq Multiplication e Vehicle Weight 176 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Appendices Appendix 3 Backing Up Data Backing up data means to make more than one copy of the data which can be used or referred to at a later date This may be needed in the event one copy becomes lost or erased or you need room in the Test Library Backing up data can take 2 basic forms Paper Reports Copying files with Windows copy commands Other than making Paper Reports backing up data requires knowledge of Windows File Manager 3 1 or Windows Explorer 95 98 NT commands Unless you are experienced with Windows commands have someone experienced with Windows assist you to prevent losing data Figure A3 1 Print Vehicle Specs wm Drag Racing Analyzer Pro 2 0 TE Performance Trend Paper Reports Back Graph Print Analyze History File Help F1 Notes Summary Click on I Cmnts PREI S EIE Notes Details Ba Report Printing Options You can keep paper records of the vehicles you buil
43. make 3 passes simulating the 2 runs you have already made and the 3rd run you want to predict Based on these results the program will calculate the throttle stop setting to produce the desired ET for the third run or Index to Run This menu is almost like a separate program because you can enter comments in the lower left corner to describe what these specs represent You can then Save these specs by clicking on File in the Menu Bar then Save or Save As Save As lets you save these specs under a new name where Save simply updates the current name with any changes By saving sets of specs you can predict throttle stops in the future when you do not have results from 2 previous runs Simply click on File then Open and pick a Throttle Stop file with weather conditions or track conditions fairly similar to those you will be running Again be sure the current vehicle specs match your vehicle you are running IMPORTANT This method of using a past saved Throttle Stop file is not nearly as accurate as using previous runs from the same track same day and same weather instruments See Section 3 3 for how to Open or Save vehicle files Saving or Opening Throttle Stop files work much the same way There are 2 general sets of commands which let you copy sets of data from 1 run to another These are e The Edit command where you can Copy or Clear various runs e The Advance command where you move runs from right to left as you would when your Pre
44. of the race Know Another RPM Axle RPM you are trying to match This Match Vehicle Performance option Fi ish Axle RPM inish Axle is not available for other run distances Help Click on down arrow button to select either Quarter Stall RPM at Launch or Eighth Mile run p 75 Enter the converter s stall RPM during the launch Stall RPM is the highest RPM you see on the tach or data logger with the Help Cancel Clear Entries throttle wide open but the back tires not turning This occurs with rie Ca the trans brake ON or before the car has had a chance to move off OK adjust veh specs to match performance the line If you have chosen Comp Drvn No tire spin set Start RPM as the Launch Type then Stall RPM is the RPM the program sees 0 3 seconds into the run The program assumes at this point the engine should be close to Stall RPM and the tires are still basically not turning 91 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions This spec is not enabled if the Transmission Specs indicate a clutch is being used 60 foot time Figure 2 55 Results of Match Veh Perf The vehicle s 60 ft time from the track s timer Modifications Required to Match your Performance Performance from New Specs Finish MPH 60ft MPH RPM Gr Specified f Vehicle Perf u The vehicle s MPH at the end of the run either Perf Obtained eighth or quarter mile This i
45. of the rear wheels Decreasing the wheelbase will improve weight transfer and therefore traction and ET on a rear wheel drive car Rear Track Figure 2 9 Estimate of Rear Track Width Width in Is the distance in inches from the center of one rear tire s track to the center of the other rear tire s track This value is used in conjunction with Frt Roll Stfns for determining how RWD vehicles lift the right rear tire Track Width For front wheel drive cars certain assumptions are made about the suspension and this value is disabled 42 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Frt Roll Stfns Roll stiffness is the suspension s resistance to leaning as it goes through a cornering maneuver Part of the vehicle s total roll stiffness comes from the front suspension and the rest comes from the rear Frt Roll Stfns is the percent of the vehicle s total roll stiffness present in the front suspension For example if the vehicle has a heavy rear anti sway bar with stiff rear shocks and no front anti sway bar with soft front springs and shocks only 25 of the vehicle s roll stiffness may be from the front suspension This particular set up is good for planting both rear tires on the ground for good traction with a rear wheel drive car Assume the Frt Roll Stfns is 75 typical of most production cars unless special modifications have been done to the suspension for drag racing
46. on the wheel on a weighing or bathroom scale The program assumes there are 2 rear wheels and tires on the vehicle unless you have specified Motorcycle as the Driveline Layout in the Body amp Axle menu Tire Diameter inches Figure 2 19 Measuring Tire Diameter The diameter of the tire is the distance from the tread across the center of the wheel to the other tread This is sometimes referred to as how tall the tire is For example for 10 x 32 inch slicks the 32 refers to the diameter of the tire This term has been changed from previous versions of Drag Racing Analyzer Pro which used the input of Rolling Radius Radius or the distance from the center of the wheel to the tread on the ground Tire Radius is actually more precise but most racers were not familiar with the term so we changed it to the more common Diameter Radius is Tire Diameter Radius x 2 approximately half of the Tire Diameter Since tires can squat as they are mounted on the car or as you change air pressure a better estimate of the diameter is to measure the distance in inches from the center of the tire to the ground while the tire is mounted on the car This will give the radius which you can then multiply by 2 to obtain your best estimate of the tire s diameter when mounted on the car Since Tire Diameter has a Clc button see Section 2 8 15 for calculating Tire Diameter from other tire specs like Rolling Radius Circumference or production tire sizes l
47. open a Vehicle file saved in the Vehicle Library click on File at the upper left corner of the Main Screen then on the Open from all saved Vehicles You will obtain the window shown on the previous page Single click on one of the Vehicles in the list or click and drag the slide button on the right side of the list to display more Vehicles Once you single click on a Vehicle it is now the Chosen Vehicle File and a preview of the Vehicle is given in the Preview section If the file you chose was not a valid Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Analyzer file either Windows V2 0 or the older v1 x for DOS or standard Drag Racing Analyzer Pro v3 0 the program will tell you and you can not choose it Tip Once you click on a Vehicle and get a preview use the up and down arrow keys to go through the list Vehicle by Vehicle getting a preview of each Vehicle Once a Vehicle has been chosen you can delete it by clicking on the Delete button or Open it by clicking on the Open button in this window You can also click on a different Vehicle to Preview it or close this window and return to the Main Screen without choosing a new Vehicle file If you are sure of the Vehicle you want to open you can simply double click on it from the Vehicle List This opens the Vehicle without a preview and closes this menu You can also save sets of Engine specs to its own separate library This is done very similarly as with the Vehicle Files except you click on File then Open
48. program predicts a 4800 RPM stall and a 1 second ET improvement You install the converter and obtain the 4800 RPM stall speed predicted by the Drag Racing Analyzer However the converter exhibits more high speed slip due to a poor design than what the Drag Racing Analyzer assumes and your actual ET drops 1 second The program is still accurate based on its assumptions its just that your parts do not fit its assumptions 001 Sec Increments Increasing the time resolution choosing 001 Sec Increments in the Preferences menu tells the program to do the calculations in much smaller time steps This does improve the mathematical accuracy somewhat However it does not increase the program s overall accuracy significantly This is primarily due to the program s assumptions and tolerance bands for iterations remaining the same To summarize we believe the Drag Racing Analyzer is the most precise and detailed software for predicting acceleration performance available to drag racers in this price range However it s predictions can differ from your vehicle s results This is primarily due to the assumptions made by the program and other points raised in this Appendix 171 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Appendices Appendix 2 General Tips The following tips will show you how to change the Drag Racing Analyzer calculations by adjusting various inputs Calibrating Tips Calibration is the process of adj
49. s engine This information is listed in magazine articles in an owner s manual repair manual or from dynamometer tests See Appendix 2 If this value is not known one of Performance Trends Engine Analyzer programs will help you measure or estimate the engine s maximum horsepower If you have no information on Peak Horsepower we recommend you select one of the example curves or use Calculation Menu by clicking on the Cle button or use the Match Vehicle Performance option and let the program estimate your peak HP RPM at Peak HP This is the RPM at which the peak HP occurs This is listed in magazine articles in the owner s repair manuals or dynamometer tests with the peak torque value for example 189 HP 5200 RPM The RPM at Peak HP must be higher than RPM at Peak Torque if you are using the Peak Torque spec If you have no information on RPM at Peak HP we recommend you select one of the example curves or estimate it at an RPM 500 RPM less than your shift RPM Corr Factor Since engine performance is strongly influenced by weather conditions it is important to specify the conditions which give the torque and HP values you enter For production engines torque and HP values are corrected to conditions standardized by the Society of Automotive Engineers SAE These conditions are approximately 29 6 Hg 77 degrees F and 49 degrees F dew point humidity as specified by SAE procedure J 1349 For these engines click on the down arrow of this
50. screen items Figure 3 7 Primary Graph Screen Items Command buttons Some commands can only be done through these buttons some of these buttons just provide a graphical button for performing action of some menu items Menu bar provides for several graph commands and options Graph Title which can be changed by clicking on Format then Edit Titles Legend Name of current Vehicle File Graph Legend which Drag Racing Analyze Pro 2 0 96 Mustang GT Ba Graph Type AddTest History Log Multiple Tests Help ef eee eee beled zit ruvien serscatey Eng current results t000 7 i 1 Eng RPM 1 IMPH x 100 1 Accel Gs x 10000 particular line when several are graphed 12 50 15 00 Time sec Horizontal X axis The scaling of this axis can be easily changed as described in this section Grid lines The style or elimination of grid lines can be changed by clicking on Format then Grid Style Data graph lines The style and thickness of these lines can be changed by clicking on Format then Line Style If 2 or more runs are graphed then buttons appear here letting you shift 1 run with respect to another a process called time aligning Team Engineer version only ertical Y axis The scaling of this axis can be easily changed as described in this section C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 3 Output The Graph Menu is shown in Figure 3 8 You select what Data Types you Figure
51. such low high numerical axle ratios Lets run these axle ratios again with the 96 Mustang GT set up for drag racing Lets install slicks and drive more aggressively by changing the things identified in Table 4 1 Figure 4 12 Test History of 7 Axle Ratios Quickest ETs come with 2 5 and 3 0 Axle Ratios Test History olx history Log Clear erase History Print Options Help Most Tio __ JS ave Feot Drep AR_ Diy Drap Ak 60A imprmnt AET limprannt MPH _ Imprvmt Tiner _ Impra t Tima 3 D Axle Ratio 1320 1693 2 435 034 15 080 94 27 m Nor 4 5 Axle Ratio 1320 1693 i F 2 401 030 14 980 E 93 85 ji zr 000 Nor 4 0 Axle Ratio 1320 1693 1941 2 371 008 14 891 065 95 19 47 000 Not 3 5 Axle Ratio 1320 1693 1941 2 379 020 14 826 067 94 72 1 20 000 Not 3 0 Axle Ratio 1320 1693 1941 2 399 025 14 759 009 95 91 79 000 Not 2 5 Axle Ratio 1320 1693 1941 2 424 039 14 750 158 95 12 60 000 Not INA Anla Dakia 1n apo 1041 3 ACI 14 ano oF 79 Nine gt Click on Test Title 1st Column to Open that test Click and slide button on right for more History info Table 4 1 Modifications To Set Up 96 Mustang GT for Serious Drag Racing Action on actual car Modification in the program to simulate this action Install 8 Slicks Construction changed to Drag Slicks and Tread Width changed to 8 in the Wheel Tires menu For now lets assume the slicks are no taller or heavier than the original street tires leave the Wh
52. the arm Click on the Save button and the program will ask you for a name After you enter the name you will see this name added to the list of Styles of Clutch Arms This name is also what that particular clutch arm will now be called Note that since the program has limited info on these User Defined clutch arms it does not know the effect of changing Ring Height and Ring Height is disabled for these types of arms Important When you Save User Defined clutch arm specs you are only saving the 5 User Specified Conditions and the Description of Condition comment You are not saving the Static Force the Weight Added you are actually using the clutch diameter or friction coefficient from the Transmission Specs screen etc The only way to save your entire clutch setup is to go back to the Main Screen and save the entire Vehicle As you change clutch specs you will see the graph updated If you choose the options Analyze Torque and Include Engine Torque then you will also be given the theoretical Lock Up RPM This is the RPM where the clutch s holding torque is equal to the engine s torque Clutch holding torque also depends on the clutch specs back on the Transmission Specs screen like Outside Diameter Friction Coefficient etc Engine Torque is based on the engine power specs plus any effect from track weather conditions It is not based on additional engine details like Hood Scoop Throttle Stop or Timed Nitrous Oxide effects Click on OK
53. the higher the converter slip for a given amount of input torque High capacity converters are generally smaller in diameter have internal blade modifications and are rated by their stall RPM for a given amount of engine input torque Stall RPM is the engine RPM at full throttle when the converter output RPM is 0 which occurs with the transmission in gear with the drive tires not turning trans brake is On Technically if you know the engine s torque at stall Converter Capacity can be calculated by the following equation Stall RPM Converter Capacity _ Stall RPM __ _ Engine Torque Stall High capacity torque converters are used in drag racing primarily to allow the engine to rev into it s high RPM power band at the line However high capacity converters generally have more slip at high speed possibly lowering your quarter mile MPH Note You may wonder why you can t just use the converter s stall RPM instead of Capacity The fact is a converter does not have a single stall RPM but a different stall RPM for various amounts of engine torque For example when an engine is idling against a stalled torque converter the stall RPM is the idle RPM Open the throttle slightly and produce more torque and the stall RPM increases How stall RPM changes with various amounts of engine torque is defined by Converter Capacity Only by using Converter Capacity can you accurately see how stall RPM and vehicle performance changes wit
54. the last 25 to 100 runs you have made The number of runs saved is selectable in the Preferences menu Section 2 1 This can be a very handy comparison of one run to another and saves you the trouble of making notes on pieces of paper It is also handy to be able to go back to some condition which gave very good performance but you don t remember why or what the specs were Figure 3 25 shows the History Log and options Example 4 1 discusses the History Options in detail Figure 3 24 History Log and Options lick on History for Options ij Drag Racing Analyzer Pro 2 0 TE Performance Trends 96 Mustang GT AOX Back Graph Print Analyze History File Help F1 Hide History igh Clutch Current ET 13 007 MPH 119 68 60 ft 2 Timer Cmnts Notes v Show History Now ow Tire Last 14 243 97 55 341 j L Always Show History on Notes Improvement 1 236 22 12 000 000 Gear Time __ MPH_ Accel Gs Feet__JC RPM EngAPM Ta Muk C Sip__ Eng HP Tha T Sip Twe Str Wt 52 0 48 0 52 3 48 0 52 1 47 7 52 0 46 9 52 0 46 9 50 1 46 7 47 4 49 3 47 3 T3 459 49 1 i 48 7 44 5 46 9 43 6 45 9 42 9 46 5 42 6 46 5 Dou ans w w wa a n n n NN 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 N Test History ME x Click and Close History Log Clear erase History Print Options Help Test Te e ry save Feet Dry At Dy Drop Ak ent impnant JET _lImpromrt APH fimprennt Tinet_lImpronet t Tim 96 mustang gt Sat Sep 1501 4 23 pm 1320 2 341
55. these two readings This calculation replaces reading the chart The Wet Bulb Temp must be less than the Dry Bulb Temp 2 8 20 Relative Humidity Depending on your choice of Method of Recording Weather Data you will be entering either Dew Point or Relative Humidity in the Calculate Performance Conditions menu or in the Throttle Stop or Dial In menus These humidity inputs at all these menus have a Clc button This is the Calculation Menu you will get if you are using Relative Humidity Know Dew Point If you know the dew point of the air and the air temperature select Yes Otherwise select No to input Wet and Dry bulb temperatures from a psychrometer Depending on your choice the appropriate inputs are enabled Outside Air Temp deg F Is the outside air temperature when the Dew Point measurement was made Figure 2 53 Calc Relative Humidit Dew Point deg F Calc Relative Humidity Calc Relative Humidity Is the air s Dew Point in degrees F as reported by a weather service or measured by humidity instruments Weather Inputs Know Dew Point these A Temp dea E Dry Bulb Temp deg F Dew Point deg F Is the temperature of the dry bulb thermometer on the psychrometer Dry Bulb Temp deg F in degrees F This is also the temperature of any thermometer Wat Hal Tap dF mounted in the shade when the Wet Bulb Temp reading is taken Use Calc Value The Dry Bulb Temp must not be less than the Wet Bulb
56. to change it or to retrieve specs which produced those results Click in other columns for definitions IMPORTANT The Drag Racing Analyzer Pro can NOT anticipate all UNSAFE and poor performing situations Do NOT rely only on the Analysis report to point out problems and SAFETY HAZARDS You must use your own judgment expert advice from experienced engine builders and the manufacturer of the components 115 116 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 3 Output Figure 3 4 Another Portion of Analysis Report Drag Racing Analyzer v3 0 Performance Trends GT5 0L lw sl Back Graph Print Analyze History Help F1 Notes Summary High Clutch Slip Tire Current ET 14 57 MPH 94 93 Traction Low Click on Notes for more Last 30 69 Analysis Report Power is being limited by the program for 25 of this run to prevent tire spin during the launch This is somewhat high and is limiting the vehicle from producing low 60 foot times and ETs To reduce the amount of time power is being limited increase the Traction Factor or specify a higher traction Tire Type in the Wheel Tire Specs menu Click on the Examples button to be presented with a list of examples of Traction Factor for various types of tires If you are limited to a low value of Traction Factor or are running a Tire Type which is not Drag Slicks try Increase Wt on Rear Tires in the Vehicle Specs menu Increase Height of CG in the
57. to enter your own Vehicle Response Time enter that time here the time from release of the trans brake switch or clutch switch until the vehicle just starts to move Note that there is no title on this box it just appears to the left of the Vehicle Response Time choices Data To Report The standard tabular data report includes rows of information at critical points during the run like the shifts 60 330 660 and 1000 feet 60 MPH etc For runs longer than a quarter mile 1320 feet other points are reported However advance users may want more conditions reported like every 100 feet or every 20 MPH interval etc This section allows you to do this Type Click on the down arrow key to the select the number of Types of additional data to include in the report Condition Click on the down arrow key to the select the data condition for triggering the reporting of output data For example if you want data reported at every 10 MPH select MPH here Starting At Enter the first value of the first condition for recording data For example if you want MPH data recorded at every 20 MPH starting at 60 and going to 120 you would enter 60 here Ending At Enter the last value of the first condition for recording data For example if you want MPH data recorded at every 20 MPH starting at 60 and going to 120 you would enter 120 here Step Size Enter the difference between successive points of the first condition for recording data
58. ttle Plate Dia Throttle Plates not venturi diameter eee in When Throttle Stop is On Total Secondary Throttles Primary Throttle Angle Secondary Throttle Angle The total of secondary barrels For a single 4 V carburetor this would be 2 for three 2 barrel carbs this would be 4 Note Throttle Angle is based on Wide Open being 90 degrees and closed is 0 degrees Half throttle is Secondary Throttle Plate Dia in 45 degrees Quarter throttle is 22 5 degrees etc The diameter of the throttle opening or throttle butterfly plate for the Sec Throttle Plates not venturi diameter If Total Sec Throttle pas i i Help Cancel Print Plates is set to 0 this value is disabled dimmed to gray and ignored 5 Note Primary barrels and secondary barrels are not treated any differently by the program The only reason they are divided here is to easily handle throttle plates which are different sizes For example if the primary and secondary throttles were the same size in the three 2 barrel examples above you could have used 6 Pri Barrels 0 Sec Barrels or 0 Pri Barrels 6 Sec Barrels and arrived at the same answer When Throttle Stop is On Primary Throttle Angle Is the angle of the primary throttle plates when the throttle stop comes on where fully open is 90 degrees and fully closed is 0 degrees This is difficult to measure exactly and will likely be an estimate 78
59. type This may be an Figure 2 63 Saving an Example Current Specs to be Saved Spec Name Driveline Layout Rear Track Width in Frt Roll Stfns Frontal Area sq ft Drag Coefficient Current Specs Rear Wheel Drive 44 22 168 66 No Frnt Sway Ba 26 48 Example Name Joe s 68 Camaro interesting what if but you must realize this hardware will NOT bolt together 103 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions 104 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions 2 12 Special Timer Team Engineer Version Only The Special Timer lets you time the difference between most any 2 events during arun This could be very simple like the time from 40 MPH to 80 MPH Or it could more complex as shown in Figure 2 64 from the time the car hits 60 MPH to the point it has traveled and additional 200 feet past that point The timer can have applications in many forms of automotive racing and testing not just drag racing Circle track racing road racing and automotive engineers all have various types of accelerating performance they want to optimize The Special Timer lets them keep track of this special time in the History Log Figure 2 65 lets them analyze and optimize it with the Chain Calculation Figure 2 66 or Auto Optimize features and display it in the Test Summary section of results Timer Figure 2 64 Special Timer Click here in Cal
60. unique to the tire type and can not be changed without the program Estimate for the Type changing the name of the Rear Tire Type back to Use Specs Below C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 4 Examples For Rear Wheel Tire Specs select Pick Example Wheel Tires from the list of Types Select the Example Goodyear Superstock 32 x 14 Drag Figure 4 25 Driving Specs Menu S ving Specs OK back Print Help Slicks The Wheel amp Tire specs een cree sees menu should now look like Figure Type Computer Driven No tire spin Shift Time sec ki 4 24 Starting Launch RPM Shift Z Throttle 59 Match RPM Minimum Launch RPM Launch Clutch Shift Strategy Launch Z Throttle Use RPMs below Launch Time sec RPMs Time sec 2 3 Shift 7400 At the Driving Specs menu you see j BA Shit most of the specs are disabled Ep ramt Driving Specs Launch Type Gradually ramp to full powe Click on arrow button to pick the amount of time for a indicating these values will not be shift to be completed List is different if automatic or 4 5 Shift used in the calculations Leave the manual transmission p 41 5 6 Shift Launch Specs Type set to Computer Driven No Tire Spin This is the easiest way to get nearly optimum launches without having to constantly adjust the launch specs If you had a 2 step type ignition system or some system which held engine RPM less than
61. vehicle s center of gravity from level ground A sports car will have a lower CG than a 4WD truck Increasing the height of the CG installing a lift kit will improve weight transfer and therefore traction in a rear wheel drive car for improved acceleration capabilities Estimated 5 inches Safety Precaution Transferring this weight to the rear means less weight is being applied to the front tires Therefore steering control can be adversely affected creating unsafe conditions Height of Front Ao of Crankshaft This information is not readily available but can be estimated by measuring the distance from the ground to a spot approximately 5 inches above the center of the engine s crankshaft at the front of the engine typical V 8 camshaft level Estimate the Height of CG of motorcycles as half way between the rider s shoulders and the engine s crankshaft For example if the height of the rider s shoulders is 40 and the crankshaft centerline is 14 the Height of CG would be 40 14 2 27 Obviously driver position has a significant effect on this parameter Click on the Clc button to actually measure the Height of CG from performing a rather involved and somewhat dangerous test on your car Unless you are a full time professional it is usually best just to estimate the Height of CG from the previous suggestions See Section 2 8 11 Wheelbase Is the distance in inches from the center of the front wheels to the center
62. what power correction was used for rating the engine s torque and HP Figure 2 7 Engine Specs Menu shown with Full Power Curve Click here to return to Main Screen and keep your changes Click here for Opening or Saving Example sets of specs or for Print Options ame of Current Engine Example File MILE BB CHEVY 454 Click here for screen shown in Figure 2 10 of more Engine Details w Engine Specs MILD BB CHEVY 454 OK back File Engine Details Load from Engine Analyzer Calculate Edit Help l Base Engine Specs l Full Power Curve Method of Describing Power Curve Specified Full Curve Di placement cu in Pehk Torque ft Ibs RPM Peak Torque Pedk Horsepower RPM Peak HP ibe Cor Factor Std Dyno 29 92 60 de Comments Click on down arrow button to pick method level of detail for de cribing the engine s power clrve p xx Engine Details Power adjusted during run by Hood Scoop Throttle Stop Timed Nitrous Reminder of any Engine Details which will affect this power curve during the run Click here to blank out table to enter new numbers Certain sections will be disabled grayed out depending on your choice of Method of Describing Power Curve Click here to set the amount of detail you want to give the program about the power curve For beginners we strongly recommend selecting Peak HP Only or picking example power curves 17 C Performance Tren
63. 000 13 007 1 236 119 68 2212 96 mustang gt Sat Sep 1501 1 30 pm 1320 T 2 341 000 14 243 000 97 55 96 mustang gt Sat Sep 1501 1 06 pm 1320 1693 1941 2 341 000 14 243 000 97 55 96 mustang gt Fri Sep 14 01 6 32 pm 1320 1693 1941 2 341 000 14 243 000 97 55 96 mustang gt Fri Sep 14 01 6 08 pm 1320 1693 1941 2 341 000 14 243 000 97 55 96 mustang gt Fri Sep 14 01 6 00 pm 1320 1693 1941 2 341 228 14 243 851 97 55 CA ANO nahen inb miata Cei Can 1A 1m 1710 anii IRCA Ann 19 909 nnn 1na 71 4 Click on Test Title 1st Column to Open that test Click and slide button on right for more History info Astart Z Microsoft w Gy drp20 A Drag Racin Gy dtm s Drag Ra amp Test History R4 4 23 PM Test Title Click on Test Title and you are asked if you want to retrieve the specs which produced these results The program will first ask if you want these specs retrieve answer Yes and the specs are retrieved Save Choose to Save certain Test Results by clicking on the Save column to insert a Yes there Tests marked Yes to Save move to the bottom of the History Log as more runs are made but will not fall off the History Log 135 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 3 Output Feet Is the distance of the race The Imprvmnts amount of improvement in performance between successive runs in the History is only shown if the runs were for the same distance Dnsy Alt Density Altitude i
64. 01 seconds To do this or check that it was done click on Preferences in the Main Menu and select 001 Sec Increments If you change it you will notice the program warning you that the results may change slightly because you are now asking for higher resolution time calculations We will calibrate the program for a 1971 Monte Carlo with a 502 cubic inch big block and 400 Turbo Hydra Matic The car runs 10 12 ETs at 133 1 MPH Lets assume there are no vehicles in the Vehicle Library exactly like this so we will have to build our own The 69 428 Cobra Jet Mustang is approximately the right size and is an automatic but it is a production car The Super Stock Firebird V6 is a 2 speed automatic with a V 6 engine but is already set up for drag racing We choose to start with the Super Stock Firebird V6 file Once you are finished following Example 4 2 you should have a set of specifications which should match the file EXAMPLE 4 2 in the Vehicle Library If we had chosen the 69 428 Cobra Jet Mustang calibrating would follow the same basic procedure and the results would have been equally as accurate You just have to change more specs First you must have results from a good run where you know the track conditions like Table 4 2 Next open a fresh copy of the Super Stock Firebird V6 from the Vehicle Library by clicking on the Open button at the top left of the Main Menu as shown in Example 4 1 Enter the Monte Carlo s specs into the program a
65. 113 115 117 118 129 131 132 133 134 135 Drag Slicks 48 49 Drag Strip 1 3 9 63 68 69 Driveline Layout 40 41 47 48 Driving Specs 6 51 88 Dry Bulb 10 61 89 Dry Density Altitude 62 136 Dry Dnsy Alt 136 Dynamometer 19 Dynamometers 1 18 19 73 Edit 21 98 123 126 138 Efficiency 24 33 41 49 75 112 Eighth Mile MPH 73 74 El Mirage 62 63 136 Engine 4 6 1 8 15 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 29 30 31 32 33 36 40 42 43 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 60 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 76 79 80 81 84 85 91 92 103 112 113 120 130 131 132 134 Engine Analyzer 18 19 20 21 Engine Cubic Inches 71 74 Engine Graph 15 181 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Appendices Engine RPM 1 24 32 52 53 54 55 57 58 69 70 92 112 120 EngRPM 69 Estimate Change in 60 Foot Time 95 96 99 ET Timer 25 26 27 58 64 69 ET sec 95 99 Example 6 7 4 7 10 13 14 18 19 20 21 25 26 30 32 33 36 40 41 42 43 44 47 48 52 54 56 58 60 61 62 65 68 69 71 73 78 79 83 85 91 96 99 101 102 103 105 106 107 111 112 115 121 128 133 134 135 Examples 6 7 33 41 43 47 51 52 54 56 58 101 102 103 134 Explorer Windows 13 134 Feet 69 106 120 136 File 6 2 7 14 20 94 98 111 117 118 128 131 132 133 134 Final Drive Ratio 40 71 80 107 110 Fin
66. 139 141 151 161 165 169 172 177 181 185 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 1 Introduction Chapter 1 Introduction 1 1 Overview of Features The Drag Racing Analyzer Pro is software for your personal computer to simulate a full power standing start acceleration of most any vehicle you can design Like its little brother the standard Drag Racing Analyzer Pro it let s you play what if with engine power weather gear ratios tire size driving style etc and see the effect on ET MPH 60 ft times tire spin and much more Its like having a drag strip dyno and chassis shop right in your computer Standard Features The Pro does everything the standard Drag Racing Analyzer Pro does However the Team Engineer Version has additional features not found in it or other drag racing simulation software e User friendly Windows interface compatible with Windows 95 98 Me 2000 and NT Can print results using most any Windows compatible printer usually in color Save nearly unlimited number of vehicles in various folders for recall comparison and analysis in the future Allows several graphing options for analysis either vs time in seconds or distance in feet Engine power can be modified during the run with throttle stops nitrous oxide injection and ram air effect from the hood scoop Simulation of centrifugal clutches Detailed plots of up to 22 different calculated resu
67. 3 8 Graph Options Menu want to graph from the list at the top Click on a Data Type to select or click on a selected Data Type to de select it Eng RPM MPH e Distance Accel Gs Acceleration in Gs Data Types i HP Avail at Engine Flywheel Avail HP being delivered The Data Types you can select are listed and defined in Table 3 1 on page Avail Clutch Tq allowed 85 Only 4 Data Types can be selected for any graph Clutch Qutput RPM a Graph Specs Time or Distance Graph E Notes Data Types to Graph 4 max Type Click on the down arrow button to choose either Pick Individual Channels or Engine RPM Histograms only available in the Team Engineer version Engine RPM Engine RPM Histograms are available at various RPM increments You Accal Gz beri cae Gs can also specify if you want the Histograms in seconds or time during the run Histograms are graphs of the amount of time the engine spends at various RPMs They can be useful for engine builders as they show the z RPMs where the HP should be highest Make Graph Help Cancel Print Time or Distance Graph Click on the down arrow button to choose either Time or distance for the horizontal X axis of the graph Make Graph Click on Make Graph to make the graph based on these settings Table 3 1 Definitions of Graph Data Types DShaft RPM Driveshaft RPM This is useful for comparison with data logger data Engine HP Available
68. 5 97 98 136 Weather Stations 60 Weight Added 36 38 Weight on 1 Axle 81 Wet Bulb 89 90 Wheel Tire 47 48 87 120 Wheelbase 42 82 Wheels amp Tires Wt 47 48 Which Axle 81 Wind 62 Wind Direction 62 Wind Speed 62 Windows 1 3 1 2 13 14 15 20 21 36 44 111 118 123 132 133 134 183 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Appendices Index Chapter 4 and Appendices Only see 1st Index preceeding this one for Chapters 1 3 60 foot time 158 162 163 164 166 167 168 Accel Gs 170 Acceleration 169 170 171 175 Aerodynamics 172 Air Temperature 152 154 Altimeter 166 Assumptions 163 169 171 Axle Design 155 Axle Ratio 141 144 145 147 148 149 Barometer 152 153 154 162 166 Baseline 142 147 175 Body amp Axle 144 147 153 155 156 Bog Engine 147 Calculate Performance 141 142 143 145 151 152 153 154 Calculate Performance Conditions 142 151 152 153 154 Calculation Menu 151 153 156 Calculation Menus 151 153 156 CG 171 176 Chain Calculations 148 149 150 Cle button 154 156 164 168 Clutch Force 173 Comments 153 159 Computer Driven Launch 144 157 172 Construction Tire 147 152 Conv Tq Multiplication 147 148 155 172 173 Converter 153 155 169 171 172 173 174 175 Converter Capacity 155 172 173 175 Dew Point 152 154 170 Dial In 161 162 163 164 165 16
69. 6 58 88 Shift RPMs 19 54 55 56 58 88 Shift Time 53 54 55 56 58 Slicks 48 49 Special Timer 6 1 68 105 110 Staged Nitrous 26 27 60 64 68 Staging Depth 64 Stall RPM 2 32 57 91 Stall RPM at Launch 91 Start Time 25 96 105 Static Force 36 37 Str Wt 70 Suspension 39 40 43 49 82 87 T Slip 70 T S Start Time 96 Team Engineer 1 2 5 31 35 54 68 105 110 111 113 120 121 Tech Help 3 4 Throttle Stop 6 7 1 25 36 62 65 78 79 88 89 93 94 95 96 Throttle Stop Prediction 6 93 94 Time Align 1 128 Time Step for Calculations 14 Tire Diameter 47 48 64 71 86 87 91 92 Tire Growth 48 49 87 91 Tire Stagger 64 Total Carb CFM 25 77 Total Vehicle Weight 41 81 82 TqMult 70 Tr Wt 70 Track Length 62 68 Track Weather 24 60 75 Traction 26 40 42 43 45 48 49 52 63 70 87 91 98 99 Traction Factor 49 87 91 Trans Brake 25 26 27 32 52 54 57 58 65 93 Transmission 6 8 18 24 29 30 31 32 33 34 36 37 40 41 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 69 77 79 80 81 91 92 103 120 121 Trap Speed 9 68 Tread 48 86 87 Tread Width 86 U Joint 41 Use Alternate Location for Files 13 14 Veh Response Time 65 Vehicle Height 43 45 Vehicle Library 8 121 131 132 133 Vehicle Weight 1 39 41 71 74 79 81 82 Vol Eff 73 74 Weather 1 10 19 32 36 60 61 62 70 75 84 85 89 94 9
70. 61 162 165 167 169 172 173 175 Open 141 151 161 165 179 Optimum 147 157 169 173 Peak Horsepower 158 PERFTRNS PTI 141 177 180 Preferences 142 151 161 171 Print 177 Quarter Mile MPH 153 169 Rear Axle Ratio 144 147 Rear Track Width 156 185 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Appendices el Relative Humidity 154 162 166 167 Rollout 154 Safety 162 164 166 168 Save 159 Save As 159 Sec Increments 142 150 151 161 168 171 Setup 148 Shift 143 147 152 153 157 159 172 173 Shift Throttle 147 173 Shift RPM 143 152 173 Shift RPMs 143 152 173 Shift Time 147 157 172 173 Slicks 147 152 157 Stall RPM 152 155 157 Start Time 166 Suspension 171 T S Start Time 166 Throttle Stop 165 166 167 168 179 Time Step for Calculations 142 151 Tire Diameter 147 152 Tire Growth 172 Track Weather 155 165 Traction 144 147 148 150 152 163 169 172 173 175 Traction Factor 152 172 173 Trans Brake 166 Transmission 152 155 172 173 174 175 Trap Speed 143 Tread 147 152 Tread Width 147 152 U Joint 155 Vehicle Library 142 151 159 161 165 172 177 179 180 Vehicle Weight 151 153 169 175 176 Vol Eff 153 Weather 142 152 153 161 162 164 165 166 167 168 Weight on 1 Axle 156 Wet Bulb 152 Wheel Tire 147 156 157 175 Wheelbase 156 Wind 152 154 162 166 170 Wind
71. 7 Diff Lock Eff 155 Disabled 154 157 166 Displacement 152 175 176 Distance 174 Drag Coefficient 172 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro 141 149 150 151 159 161 164 168 169 179 Drag Slicks 147 152 157 Drag Strip 143 144 161 162 165 172 Driving Specs 144 147 152 157 172 173 DRP EXE 141 Dry Bulb 152 153 154 Dynamometers 172 174 Efficiency 172 173 Engine 143 144 146 147 151 152 153 155 157 158 163 169 171 172 173 174 175 176 179 Engine RPM 144 146 147 157 158 173 174 175 Estimate Change in 60 Foot Time 163 164 167 Example 139 141 142 144 150 151 152 153 155 156 157 159 161 162 163 165 170 171 172 174 175 179 180 Examples 139 156 165 173 Explorer Windows 141 177 178 179 180 Feet 143 File 159 161 165 177 179 180 Final Drive Ratio 144 147 Floppy Disk 179 180 Flywheel 174 175 Front Wheel Tire 156 175 Frontal Area 176 Graph 143 144 145 146 147 149 150 Height of CG 171 176 History 141 145 147 150 Humidity 153 154 162 166 167 Index 165 166 168 171 181 182 Inertia 174 175 Install 148 Launch 144 147 157 172 173 Launch RPM 147 157 173 Main Menu 141 142 144 145 151 152 155 158 159 161 165 Match Vehicle Performance 151 158 159 Method of Describing Power Curve 152 Method of Recording Weather Data 152 MPH 141 143 145 151 152 153 154 155 158 1
72. Analyzer Pro was developed as a e Tool to help predict effects of certain engine and vehicle modifications for engine builders drag racers and performance enthusiasts e Theoretical Drag Strip to allow anyone to try things which are too expensive difficult dangerous or impossible with a real vehicle e Learning aid for those who want to better understand vehicle dynamics during full power acceleration The Drag Racing Analyzer will provide you an engineering estimate of what should occur when general modifications are made based on the principles of vehicle dynamics and physics By seeing all the specifications which go into the calculated results you may have a false sense that the computer knows your vehicle exactly what manufacturer s torque converter you are using who built the chassis what your 4 link settings are etc Actually the computer does not know if the specifications are for a production Yugo or a Record Holding Funny Car A good analogy to the Drag Racing Analyzer is a flow bench A flow bench can not predict exact torque and HP curves but is still a vital tool for engine development In the same way use the Drag Racing Analyzer results as a guide or second opinion of how your vehicle should perform under near optimum conditions Iterations Before we talk about accuracy it is important for you to understand the types of calculations going on inside the Drag Racing Analyzer and other sophisticated simulation programs A si
73. Chapter 2 Definitions Stop Timer At Enter the number for stopping the timer for the Condition you have entered below Condition Choose the type of condition for stopping the timer For example in Figure 2 64 it is Additional Feet and the Stop Timer At is set to 200 or the timer will stop when the vehicle has traveled an additional 200 feet past the point where it hit 60 MPH Some conditions do not require a Stop Timer At like Start of the 2 3 Shift and Stop Timer At is disabled Figure 2 65 Rightmost Columns of History Log Special Timer records in the History Log TA ia Test History olx Close History Log Clear erase History Print Options Help EN Save Feet_ DnspAlt _ Dry Dnsy Alt 60 ft __ Impremnt ET Imprvmnt MPH__ Imprvmnt Timer_ Imprymnt Timer Condition 1320 3757 4035 1 342 018 9 939 148 133 48 1 74 1 871 014 60 MPH to 200 Additional Feet 1320 2578 2840 1 324 015 9791 138 135 22 1 61 1 857 014 60 MPH to 200 Additional Feet 1320 1431 1686 1 309 000 9653 000 136 83 00 1 843 60 MPH to 200 Additional Feet 1320 1431 1686 1 309 080 9 653 111 136 83 1 60 1320 2164 2617 1 389 004 9764 031 138 43 00 1320 1352 1714 1 385 004 9733 031 138 43 00 1m HCA 717 1 300 nna avca n1 190 43 NANN Click on Test Title 1st Column to Open that test Click and slide button on right for more History info chain results Corr Barometer Ha 31 1 Corr Barometer Hg 30 i Corr Barometer Hg 29
74. Chapter 3 Output The Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Analyzer provides several ways to view and output the test results including Reports of tabular data displayed on the screen ASCII files for importing results to other software packages High resolution graphs Printer output of reports or graphs History Log Data Libraries for recording test data and sets of engine specs in the Team Engineer Version for later use All these topics will be covered in this chapter Figure 3 1 shows how to reach all these various features Figure 3 1 Output Options from Test Results Screen Menu Bar showing names of options ehicle File Name ij Drag Racing Analyzer Pro 2 0 TE Performance Trends Super Gas Grand Am Back Graph Print Analyze History File Help F1 F Notes Summary Cony Stall RPM Very Low Current ET 9 648 MPH 140 01 60 ft 1 381 Timer Cmnts E otes Engine RPM Low Click on Notes for more Last 9 648 140 01 1 381 I Details Improvement 000 00 000 000 Gem Tie __ FH___ Aetel Ge Febt__ C RPM _ EngAPM Tq Mux C sip_lEngHP E Tht Sip Tew Su Wt 235 67 8 32 2 382 70 2 31 0 457 70 2 29 8 70 1 29 7 70 0 29 7 63 8 31 2 62 2 33 1 62 2 33 1 60 4 35 1 58 8 39 1 58 9 39 1 57 2 39 4 56 2 39 5 55 2 39 8 55 2 39 9 54 2 33 7 v D 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 m Test Histon ioj x Click on Close History Log Clear erase History Print O Ea a aa FT and slide Test Title Save Feet Dnsy Alt Dry Dnsy A
75. Cle button to obtain a general list of estimates Most likely you will have to fine tune this estimate based on your vehicle s actual 60 ft times at a particular track You can also use the Match Vehicle Performance option from the Main Menu to have the program estimate Traction Factor Table 2 5 gives estimates of Traction Factor for different road surfaces Tires behave quite differently on dirt or sand than concrete or asphalt as assumed by the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Therefore it can not accurately predict acceleration performance of vehicles on dirt or sand Table 2 5 Estimate of Traction Factor Type of Tire Surface Traction Factor Dry Concrete with Traction Compound 95 105 80 95 Dry Asphalt 65 85 Wet Roads 30 50 Tire Growth The Tire Growth specs is only used for Construction type of Drag Slicks and is disabled for all other Construction types The program s definition for Tire Growth is the percent the drive tire s radius distance from center of wheel to the ground will increase at 2000 wheel RPM with no additional aerodynamic down force or lift Because this may be difficult to estimate it is again suggested you use the Match Vehicle Performance option from the Main Menu to have the program estimate Tire Growth You can also click on Examples to load in tires with estimated tire growths given or click on the Clec button to pick from general categories of Growth 49 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Anal
76. Click on Test Title 1st Column to Open that test Click and slide button on right for more History info C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 4 Examples At last we ve adjusted all specs as close as we reasonably can Now return to the Main Menu and click on Calc ET at the top of the screen You obtain an ET of 10 324 a MPH of 129 90 and a 60 ft of 1 493 all 3 which are close but slightly slower than what you actually ran See Figure 4 26 Figure 4 27 Match Veh Perf Your Vehicle s Actual Performance Match Vehicle Performance Feature Distance of Race QusiterMie gt Stall RPM at Launch The program is currently predicting your car runs slower than your actual car 60 Foot Time sec runs We should fine tune these specs to get a better match between real time Finish MPH slips and what the program predicts In some programs this would mean doing a Finish E RPM a lot of cut and try Adjust a spec see if you got a better match on say 60 foot time Now if you did get a better match on 60 ft time did you screw up your eee ees ae MPH ET etc Tip If you are not sure of Finish Engine RPM or do not want tire diameter changed just leave it blank or set itto 0 The program will not adjust tire growth or The solution is the Match Vehicle Performance option available at the Main Ceea lil Menu Return to the Main Menu from the Test Results sc
77. Direction 152 170 Wind Speed 152 154 170 Windows 141 177 178 179 180 186 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Appendices 187
78. Drag Racing Analyzer Pro V2 0 for Windows User s Manual Performance Trends Inc Box 530164 Livonia MI 48153 248 473 9230 Fax 248 442 7750 Website www performancetrends com Email feedback performancetrends com Performance Trends Inc PO Box 530164 Livonia MI 48153 Tech Assistance for Registered Owners 248 473 9230 Fax 248 442 7750 Email feedback performancetrends com Website tips correspond with other users download demos update schedule etc www performancetrends com Copyright Notice Copyright C 2001 PERFORMANCE TRENDS INC All Rights Reserved These software programs and user s manual are reserved by PERFORMANCE TRENDS INC and are intended for the use of the original owner only Copying or duplicating these products except for the personal use of the original owner is a violation of U S Copyright Law and is hereby expressly forbidden Portions Copyright C Microsoft Corp 1987 1998 All Rights Reserved International Business Machines Corp makes no warranties either expressed or implied regarding the enclosed computer package its merchantability or its fitness for any particular purpose IBM PC XT and AT are registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corp Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp DISCLAIMER Of WARRANTIES THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS LICENSED AS IS WITHOUT ANY WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES FOR MERCHANTAB
79. Factor To decrease ET and 60 ft times with little effect on MPH e Increase Traction Factor e Adjust Converter Capacity stall RPM for automatic transmissions 172 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Appendices Sa a a Adjust Converter Torque Multiplication for automatic transmissions Increase Launch RPM for manual transmissions If Bog engine RPM dropping too low is a problem try reducing Clutch Force for manual transmissions If traction is not a problem increase Clutch Force or other clutch specs which produce more torque holding capability To increase ET and 60 ft times with little effect on MPH e Reduce Traction Factor e Choose Use Specs Below for the Launch Type in the Driving Specs and use the launch specs to simulate your actual launch To decrease ET and increase MPH with little effect on 60 ft time Leave Tire Traction and other tire specs as is and e Increase Engine Power Curve specs Increase Clutch Force lbs for manual transmissions especially if CSlip is high in gears other than 1st gear e e Increase Efficiency in the Transmission Specs menu e Decrease Shift Time in the Driving Specs menu To decrease ET and decrease MPH e Increase Converter Capacity for automatic transmissions To increase ET with little effect on MPH or 60 ft time e Increase Shift Time e Decrease Shift Throttle for manual transmissions e Choose some less than optimum shift RPMs in the Driving Specs me
80. Figure 4 29 current Vehicle name is given should you choose to pin automatic trans shows what you modify it slightly for the new name Use the Delete key J0 7400 RPM could type in for to erase the name if you want a completely new name podyear SuperStock 32 14 15 comments Calc f you want to save the Vehicle under a different Folder name click on the down arrow button and select one Select the top choice of Add New Folder and you will Help be asked for a new Folder name to add to the list of When finished Move me Folders g Block Chevy that looks like it puts click on File then Lara H 400 3 speed auto 4500 RPM stall Save As Save as more detame opposed to Save means you want to save these specs to a New Name Next the screen shown in Figure 4 29 is displayed Change the New Vehicle Name from Super Stock Firebird V6 to something that matches these specs like 71 Monte Carlo as shown You could select to save the 71 Monte Carlo to a different folder or create a new folder by selecting Add Folder for the Folder Name Now you are ready to check various modifications on your actual vehicle like changing gear ratios tire size or shift points etc See Example 4 3 Conclusions e After accurately entering specs and then fine tuning them with the Match Vehicle Performance feature the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro s results can closely match the results of most any specific vehicle e The pr
81. Good Race 5 PSI Boost 270 Exc Race 60 PSI Boost 285 Exc Race 70 PSI Boost 300 Exc Race 80 PSI Boost e 65 Bad Production e 100 Prod 10 PSI Boost e 130 Good Race 10 PSI Boost e 75 Typ Production e 110 Prod 15 PSI Boost e 145 Good Race 15 PSI Boost e 80 Good Production e 120 Prod 20 PSI Boost e 160 Good Race 20 PSI Boost e 85 HiPerf Production e 95 HiPrf Prod 5 PSI Boost e 140 Exc Race 10 PSI Boost e 90 Poor Street Strip e 110 HiPrf Prod 10 PSI Boost e 170 Exc Race 20 PSI Boost e 95 Typ Street Strip e 125 HiPrf Prod 15 PSI Boost e 200 Exc Race 30 PSI Boost e 100 Good Street Strip e 135 HiPrf Prod 20 PSI Boost e 225 Exc Race 40 PSI Boost e 110 Good Race Engine e 105 Strt Strp 5 PSI Boost e 250 Exc Race 50 PSI Boost e e e e e e e e e e e Abbreviations Prod is Production or Stock HiPrfis High Performance Production like Modern Corvette or BMW M series Strt Strp is Street and Strip Exc is Excellent or Expertly Built RPM at HP Peak Is the RPM at which the HP peak occurs This is initially set to the RPM at HP Peak in the Engine menu but can be changed to anything you want Note Most any modification which increases HP other than nitrous oxide or super turbocharging will also increase RPM at HP Peak Ifyou have no information about your RPM at HP Peak use an RPM 500 RPM lower than your shift RPM This RPM input is always loaded back into the Engine specs menu 74 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing An
82. HP Standard name from row selected Tip New name for you to edit Other options Click on the item in the list above you want to modify Its Std Name include clicking on the Copy Std Name and any New name appears below You can modify the New name Then use the up and down arrow keys to move to the next item to New or Blank Out New Name buttons Std Name Being Replaced New Name to be Editted am100 0003 1 10 Exhaust Flex f Click here to close this menu and use Copy Std Name to New Blank Out New Name the New names you have entered Where New names have been left Copy All Std to New Names Blank Out All New Nam blank the Standard name will be used Use Std Titles Use New Titles Cancel Help 126 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 3 Output Changing the scales Many times you may want to change the scale of the X or Y axis This may be to show an area in more detail or to match the scales of a previous graph The Pro has several ways to change the scales as shown in Figures 3 15 and 3 16 Figure 3 15 Changing Scales for the X or Y Axis Clicking on these buttons zooms in or zooms lout on the graph either vertically or horizon Clicking on these buttons shifts the tally Hold down the shift key while clicking on graph left right up or down Hold down them and the graph moves farther each step the shift key while clicking on them and the graph moves farther each step Click he
83. Help Time In this example we Previous Run Predicted Run let the program estimate how 60 foot time would Obs Baro Hg k Obs Baro Hg change When you choose Air Temp deg F Air Temp deg F this the program basically Rel Hum Rel Hum assumes traction will stay Elevation feet Elevation feet the same and any change in Wind MPH WindMPH fs 60 foot time is due to more Wind Direction TailWwind Wind Direction B or less engine power due to changes in air conditions It assumes the tires and track have the same traction as the Previous run Estimate Change in 60 60 ft sec 60 foot sec E et Program Estimate 6C Safety Margin sec meas General Specs and Comments Hila See e Method of Reading Weather Data Help Uncon Baro with RelHum z Observed barometer reading in inches of Uncorr Baro with Rel Hum mercury as read directly off a barometer E S oF Dial Irn iu instrument not corrected to sea level for hs of 163 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 4 Examples However let say you believe that you will run a 030 second quicker 60 foot time than on the Previous run This may be due to one lane being stickier than another or other changes in the track conditions Under this condition a better choice for Estimate Change in 60 Foot Time may be You enter predict 60 ft time below Then the spec 60 Foot Time for
84. ILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE NO ORAL OR WRITTEN STATEMENTS REPRESENTATIONS OR OTHER AFFIRMATION Of FACT INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO STATEMENTS REGARDING CAPABILITY CAPACITY SUITABILITY FOR USE OR PERFORMANCE Of SOFTWARE SHALL BE RELIED UPON BY USER OR BE DEEMED TO BE A WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION BY PERFORMANCE TRENDS INC FOR ANY PURPOSE OR GIVE RISE TO ANY LIABILITY Of OBLIGATION Of PERFORMANCE TRENDS INC WHATSOEVER USER ACCEPTS ALL RESPONSIBILITY FOR SELECTING THE SOFTWARE TO MEET USER NEEDS OR SPECIFIC PURPOSES PERFORMANCE TRENDS INC IS UNDER NO OBLIGATION TO FURNISH USER UPDATES OR ENHANCEMENTS EVEN IF FURNISHED TO OTHER USERS LIMITATION Of LIABILITY If at the time of delivery to the original User only there are any defects in the media on which the Software is provided User s sole and exclusive remedy shall be the replacement of any media returned to Performance Trends Inc within 90 days of the receipt of the Software by User or at Performance Trends Inc s sole option a refund of the License fees paid to Performance Trends Inc by User IN NO EVENT SHALL PERFORMANCE TRENDS INC OR THIRD PARTIES WHO HAVE RIGHTS IN THE SOFTWARE BE LIABLE TO USER FOR LOSS Of PROFITS INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES EVEN IF PERFORMANCE TRENDS INC IS AWARE Of THE POSSIBILITY Of SUCH DAMAGES Continued on next page IN THE EVENT ANY REMEDY HEREUNDER FAILS Of ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OR IN ANY OTHER EVENT
85. Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Command Buttons Three of the command buttons in the Full Power Curve section are rather self explanatory e Clear will blank out all the RPM torque and HP entries e Calculate will calculate a power curve from simple inputs See Section 2 8 1 on this Calculation Menu which is the same as the Clc buttons bring up for the simpler power curve inputs in the left section e Print will print the graph and table of power curve data The other command Load from Eng Anlzr will be discussed in more detail below Load from Eng Anlzr The Drag Racing Analyzer Pro can load engine power curves created by the proper Windows versions of Engine Analyzer Engine Analyzer Plus and Engine Analyzer Pro Generally you will start this process by running the Engine Analyzer program first Once the Calculated Performance results have been calculated and displayed on the screen click on the Send Figure 2 8 Menu to Start Up an Engine button in the Engine Analyzer This Engine Analyzer menu looks similar to Figure 2 8 It will ask what program do you want to send Analyzer Program __ the power curve to where you could click the Drag Racing Analyzer Switch to Engine Program Pro option There are other options which you can refer to your Engine Analyzer manual Windows Engine Program Engine Analyzer EZ The process of loading Engine Analyzer results into Drag Racing Analyzer Pr
86. RPM Tq Mult C Slip EngHP Thrt_ T Slip Tr wt Str Wt 1 1 00 156 A 0 3000 200 100 235 78 9 67 8 32 2 1 60 685 4413 1 84 84 38274 70 2 31 0 1 61 1132 5057 173 78 45773 70 2 298 1 60 2266 5134 1 46 56 464 87 70 1 29 7 1 55 3395 5267 1 20 36 476 70 0 29 7 k 1 28 4314 5522 1 03 22 499 63 8 31 2 1 381 i 1 14 5155 591 1 00 13 512 62 2 331 1 389 50 1 14 5176 5922 1 00 13 512 62 2 331 1 722 p7 x 5854 6500 1 00 10 507 60 4 35 1 1 774 BB 3030 5224 1 28 42 474 58 8 391 1 835 60 3054 5227 1 27 42 474 58 9 391 2 448 70 i 3416 5284 119 35 480 57 2 39 4 3 158 80 3815 5371 111 29 488 56 2 39 5 3 928 89 4196 5503 1 05 24 501 55 2 39 8 3 953 90 i 4210 5498 104 23 501 55 2 39 9 4 850 o0 S 4591 5657 1 00 19 507 542 397 v Test History _ ol x KSB HN WWeMnewwwo RO 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Close History Log Clear erase History p Test Tile Sag Feet Dns Ak Dry Dnsy Alt 60 ft Imprvmnt ET Imprvmnt MPH_ Imprvmnt Timer _ Imprvmnt Tim a super gas grand am Wed Sep 12 01 h 140 01 00 Nor super gas grand am Wed Sep 12 01 140 01 00 Nor super gas grand am Wed Sep 12 01 SG 140 01 00 super gas grand am Wed Sep 12 01 i 140 01 Nor super gas grand am Wed Sep 12 01 133 48 1 871 014 601 super gas grand am Wed Sep 12 01 135 22 1 857 014 601 amn maa mend ane tiled Can TIM b e 09 1049 en gt Click on Test Title 1st Column to Open thaNest Click and slide buttoN on right fo
87. Rear Lift Coefficient on the front Ires Vehicle Height in 2 If you select a pre programmed type of Aerodynamics these specs are estimated by the program and disabled so you can not change them These 3 specs affect driveline efficiency or HP losses Vehicle Weight Vehicle Weight Ibs Total vehicle weight in pounds with the driver For accurate predictions the weight you enter here is critical If you can not weigh your car click on the Cle button to estimate your car s weight if your car is a popular model for drag racing 39 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Axle Specs Final Drive Ratio For rear wheel drive vehicles this is the rear axle ratio for front wheel drive vehicles this is the gear ratio of the final drive gear or chain system in the transaxle For chain drive vehicle s go carts motorcycles etc this is the chain ratio For motorcycles with a gear reduction between the engine and the transmission you must multiply the chain ratio by this gear reduction to obtain the total Final Drive Ratio Click on the Clc button to obtain a menu to calculate Final Drive Ratio based on number of teeth for your particular situation This information is available in magazine articles owner s repair manuals on tags attached to the vehicle or coded into the vehicle s identification number One method of estimating the final drive ra
88. Right click on the folder you want to restore and select Copy Now find the DRPFILES folder under DRP20 under PERFTRNS PTI usually on the C drive Right click on the folder 1 level UP from the folder you are restoring For example if you are restoring the test file folder CHEV which was in the DRPFILES folder you must click on the DRPFILES folder If you are restoring the entire Test Library folder DRPFILES you must click on the DRP20 folder If you are restoring the test file 194 150 which was in the CHEV folder under the DRPFILES folder you must click on the CHEV folder During the restoring copying process Windows Explorer checks to see if it is overwriting an existing file Figure A3 3 If it is it will ask you if the existing file or folder should be overwritten Be very careful when overwriting files as you may overwrite a new test file with data from an old test file of the same name Before restoring test files it is good practice to back up all test files first Then if you make a mistake and overwrite test files you didn t mean to you have your backup copies to restore the test files from Figure A 3 3 Windows Explorer Warnings when Overwriting Test Files Overwriting a Test File Overwriting an Entire Folder several files fad This folder already contains a file named Headnum pti Be very careful selecting this option as several files Would you like to replace the existing file may be overwritten at once
89. Simple Setup to Calculate Hood Scoop Efficiency Attach pressure line to dead air area Scoop Pressure Ff aoe es water Hood Scoop Entry Is the pressure you measured in the Difference in hood scoop in water This the 2 levels pressure should be measured in a of water is the dead air zone away from carb Scoop Pressure air flow the scoop s entrance or any potential leak areas in the Read pressure at some relatively high scoop If you measure this with a 60 MPH but safe speed data logger calculate inches of water from these other common Make the water manometer by attaching clear plastic tubing to a board with a ruler Fill about half way with water and some food coloring for easier reading pressure units before entering the Scoop Pressure Multiply PSI by 27 7 to obtain Inches of Water Multiply Inches Mercury by 13 6 to obtain Inches of Water 75 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions 2 8 4 Engine Inertia Ib ft 2 Is the Engine Inertia calculated from the inputs in this menu This inertia includes the base engine front end components and what is bolted to the back of the crankshaft either flywheel clutch assembly or torque converter flex plate The note at the bottom of this screen shows the cubic inches entered in the main Engine Specs screen This is used to estimate the inertia of the base engine If this is not correct Cancel out of this screen a
90. The Advance command where you move runs from right to left as you would when your Predicted run now becomes your Previous Run on which you will predict a new run Weather Inputs Corr Barometer Hg Obs Barometer Hg Air Temperature deg F 98 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Relative Humidity Dew Point deg F Elevation ft Altimeter Method of Recording Weather Data These are all explained in Section 2 7 1 All 3 runs must use the same Method of Recording Weather Data That is because the same exact instruments should be used for all measurements for the best accuracy 60 foot sec Previous Run Is the 60 foot times for the previous run for your car at the track ET sec Is the ET you obtained for the previous run for your car at the track Estimate Change in 60 Foot Time Click on this combo box for 2 choices e Let Program Estimate 60 ft time e You Enter predict 60 Foot Time Below If you let the program estimate the 60 ft time it will assume nearly the same traction as the Previous Run If you want to enter your prediction of 60 ft time based on lane choice traction change through the day etc select You Enter predict 60 Foot Time Below Then the 60 foot sec input will be enabled where you can enter your own estimate 60 foot sec Predicted Run Is your estimate of the 60 foot time for the Predicted Run See Estimate Change in 60 Foot Time above
91. Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 3 Output Figure 3 12 Adding Information to a Graph Printout Most of these options have no effect on the graph on the screen only the graph that is printed Click on these s to change which Data Set s test file s comments and title you are working with aj Printed Graph Comments Click here to change the Test aph Data Sets comments available for each Data Set ay Comments comments which 1 O2 appear on the Main Screen 3 Changes to Data Set 1 s Deas Test Comment comments the current test are Test Summary Current HP has peak of 300 HP but A permanent Changes to other Test Summaries are created by the very high peak torque Data Set s comments are program and include ET MPH 60 ft time etc They can not be changed temporary by the user This one comment is printed directly under the graph Include on Graph A Graph Comment 1 comment on grap Titles to Use Test Summaries Std Titles Comparison of 2 different power curves z z Mesh PERAE Alt Titles The Titles to Use options give See Titles you a way to reach the Menu in Figure 3 26 to change the Titles Help and Legends of the graph Check or uncheck these 3 options to determine what gets printed and what options are enabled and disabled on this screen Bottom Section of Printed Graph Graph Comment 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 Time sec Test Summary Comparison o
92. Type Ex Trans Auto Turbo Hydromatic 4 Y this is was a loose converter for a higher Clutch Type Typical Organic rag constan Efficiency 99 60s AWD 3 amp 4 spd Aul RPM lower torque atO Dea A producing engine Now ee Ratio een r the converter has now Clutch Force Ibs Gear 1 esa Dea ccupiee walla Clutch Disks Gear 2 high torque big block p Stall speed would be Err EET Gear 3 very high You could Gear 4 pick an example Cony Tq Multiplication t el Gear 5 converter or simply Converter Slip Factor enter your known stall Gear 6 RPM of 4500 and press enter The program Converter Stall RPM based on Help respond with calculating Fal Th ria ahi ema a ul rottle Engine Power Curve an a Coriverter Capacity of eather Specs at the track 202 5 For Torque Multiplication we change the left over 1 7 from the V 6 to a more typical 2 0 Notice how this Stall RPM is based on the current Power Curve and Track Weather Conditions which is why we entered Weather Specs before going to the Transmission Specs Click on the Transmission Type combo box and select Pick Example Transmission From the list of transmissions select the Auto Turbo Hydra Matic 400 Either double click on it to select it in one stroke or click on it to highlight it then click on the Pick button You will next be presented with a screen comparing the Super Stock Firebird V6 s Powerglide transmis
93. Vehicle Library is called 96 Mustang GT To get started let s examine but not change the various categories of specs Click on a button for one of the categories like Engine Transmission etc A new menu will appear displaying the various specs and the current values for the 96 Mustang GT vehicle You can click on the name of any spec and a brief description appears in the Help frame along with a page from this manual for more help You can return to the Main Menu by clicking on OK back or clicking on an area outside this menu Now click on the Calculate Performance button in the Main Menu to calculate performance for this 96 Mustang GT vehicle The next menu will show you the Calculate Performance Conditions menu as shown in Figure 1 4 For now leave all the Calculation Conditions as they are and click on the Calculate Performance button This will start the program calculating performance for the specifications of the 96 Mustang GT stored in the Vehicle Library with the Calculation Conditions currently displayed A progress bar graph shows how the calculations are progressing The calculations may require several seconds on slower computers The final results will appear in a table as in Figure 1 5 The columns are for various types of readings Gear MPH etc which occurred at critical points in the run like the start the end of each gear beginning of each gear 60 foot time 60 MPH etc The results contain much information
94. Vehicle Specs menu Reduce Frt Susp Roll Stiff in the Vehicle Specs menu Increase Diff Lock Eff in the Vehicle Specs menu gt5 0l Mon Apr 13 98 9 57 pm 1320 294 618 2 30 25 69 mach1 Fri Apr 10 98 10 48 am 1320 1789 2138 255 02 14 57 04 94 93 4 43 14 53 14 99 36 1 70 Click on Test Title 1st column to change it or to retrieve specs which produced those results Click in other columns for definitions C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 3 Output 3 2 ASCII Data Files You may want to use the results from the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Analyzer in other software packages This could be for additional graph capabilities statistical analysis data basing etc Once you have calculated performance as shown in Figure 3 2 click on File to write the results to an ASCII file with a name of your choosing The ASCII File command is possible any time a report is displayed on the screen You can only save the results currently displayed If you want to write an ASCII file of a Vehicle file you have previously run you must open that Vehicle file first then calculate performance for that Vehicle ASCII File Options Include Headings Select this option to strip out all titles and letters leaving only numbers Figure 3 5 ASCII Files Options Menu Check options you ant here Click on File from Report Screen for ASCII File menu Preview of options and data chosen is show
95. a couple of things e Engine RPM drops to 2000 RPM during the launch possibly bogging the engine That s because with less torque multiplication in the rear axle the computer releases the clutch much faster because traction is not a problem This pulls down engine RPM during the launch e The clutch locks up stops slipping much faster again because of less traction problems the clutch is released faster e The run is made in only 2 gears Click on Back to return to the Calculated Results screen and click on History Log if it is not showing At the History Log click on Clear History You will see all the History rows blanked out except the current 2 0 axle ratio results Another useful feature of the History Log is the ability to change the Test Title in the first column to anything you want Click on the Test Title for the 2 0 axle ratio run You will be shown a test input box like that of Figure 4 11 Now when you graph the results for the 2 0 Axle Ratio the graph legend will show 2 0 Axle Ratio Now go through the sequence of e Increasing the Final Drive Ratio by 5 in the Body amp Axle screen e Calculating results e Changing the Test Title in the History Log to the axle ratio just tested Once you have increased the axle ratio to 5 0 you will get a History Log that looks like Figure 4 12 Possibly to your surprise the 2 5 and 3 0 ratio close to the stock 3 08 is near optimum You may then think Why do drag cars have
96. acing 26400 Bonneville 5 mi for top speed racing If you select 1320 ft the program also gives the MPH reading in the summary at the top as based on the 2 lights separated by 66 ft just as official drag strips You will notice this MPH is slightly less than that listed in the results at 1320 ft 62 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions If you enter 7040 ft the distance of El Mirage or 26400 ft the distance of Bonneville you get readings at the standard distances for timing reports at these tracks Also as you increase distance the time increments of the plots gets larger and the results get reported at larger distance intervals In the History Log the 60 ft time is replaced by 1 8 mile time for 5280 and 7040 and by 2 mile time for 26400 Concrete Pad Len ft Is the length of the concrete pad at the start of most drag strips The program assumes about 10 higher traction for this length of the track Bump on Track Click on down arrow button to pick the severity of a bump on the track which may cause traction problems for some high powered cars Choose None for no bump Figure 2 28 Illustration of Some Critical Positions on the Track Track Length _2s q_ 7JTlm IM J7_7 __ 1 __1_1_ 1 1 Bump On Track Distance if any Concrete Pad Length 60 ft lights standard timing lights Rollout 4 Aagi vehicle position when ET timer starts see Rollout Fi
97. ack of it can be simulated in the Track Weather Conditions by specifying the appropriate Eng Int Air Temp Second the hood scoop adds boost pressure like a small supercharger from the ram air effect Generally this effect is small until speeds go over 100 MPH This ram air effect is what Hood Scoop Efficiency describes Use Table 2 1 for picking an appropriate value Table 2 1 Estimate of Hood Scoop Efficiency Scoop Description Hood Scoop Efficiency No Scoop o O O Small Scoop in Low Pressure Area Large Scoop in Low Pressure Area Small Scoop in High Pressure Area Large Scoop in High Pressure Area Note A large scoop may require you to increase the vehicle s aerodynamic drag coefficient some 01 or 02 to simulate this additional protrusion and greater drag Engine Inertia Inertia to Use Click on down arrow button to pick either to let the program estimate engine inertia or for you to tell the program the engine s inertia in the spec below Inertia Ib x ft 2 Engine inertia in pounds times feet squared Engine inertia is a rating of how difficult it is to rev up the engine s rotating components This inertia includes anything that spins at engine RPM like flywheel converter clutch disk pressure plate etc Most of the engine s inertia is contained in the flywheel clutch assembly for a manual transmission or in the torque converter for an automatic transmission The more massive or the larger the diameter the fly
98. alyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions 2 8 3 Hood Scoop Efficiency Figure 2 34 Calc Hood Scoop Effcy Calc Hood Scoop Effcy Hose SESSDIENGIES Current Air Density Ib cu ft Is the new Hood Scoop Efficiency based on the inputs in this menu To make this calculation you must do a test on your car You must be able to measure the pressure in the hood scoop before it gets to the carb with the vehicle traveling at a high speed Figure 2 35 shows Vehicle MPH how you can make a water manometer to measure this pressure out of a piece of clear tubing Test Data Scoop Pressure Water These are the current specs in the Calculate Performance conditions j Note T Sa This calculation is based on the Current Air menu for Track Weather Conditions They are listed for information Density pounds per cubic foot shown above for only and can not be changed in this menu the current Weather Conditions in the Calculate Performance Conditions and ZERO 0 wind Weather conditions do have a minor impact on this calculation For those who want the most accuracy set the weather conditions in the Calculate Performance conditions menu to those when you did the vehicle test for inputs to this menu Otherwise leave these specs as i Help Cancel Print is for accuracy sufficient for most situations Vehicle Speed MPH Is the vehicle s speed when you recorded the hood scoop pressure Figure 2 35
99. amp ABOUT FRM 5 i OK ChainRes C MASTER E ABOUT FRX ai o COMBO E master dl a ABOUT LOG Al Click on OK and the Desktop DIALIN E RClutch AGILESPIE TXT Al program will ask you DRHISTRY TEXT E ANLSRPRT FRM R for a path and file hae Drpexmp E THRTLSTP E ANLSRPAT frx l name for the ASCII My Computer DRFFiles E Updt DRP E ANLZOPTN FRM A file Enter a file name ei for saving this ASCII i file Checks are made ceca File name JAGILESPIE TXT 7 to ensure what you eners a valid Ale Save as type fall files x name and that you are not overwriting an existing file The default location where the file is written to is the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Analyzer folder the folder which contains the DRP20 EXE program file However by using the standard Windows commands in the Windows Browse screen shown in Figure 3 6 you can choose to write it in most any folder or disk drive on the computer q ehl There are certain limitations for file names including the names can not contain certain characters like commas plus signs etc The program will warn you if you use an illegal character See Section 3 5 for more details on file names 118 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 3 Output 3 3 Graphs Graphs are obtained by clicking on the Graph menu command at the top of the Calculated Performance Results Screen Figure 3 7 shows a typical graph and a descriptions of some of the basic graph
100. ance shown hidden here for the Printout W Print Analee Histo File Options menu shown to the right 5 i g Print Results This option lets you choose the printer mints Print Blank worksheet or printer driver being used by j Windows and also page orientation Windows Printer Setup Program Printer Setup Ctrl F Check or uncheck these options then click on this button to print the current report with these options Click here to make the printout Print Report Using These Specs l Other Printout Types Print Blank Worksheet Tip Ciose See page 103 in manual for more info Test Results Report Options Include Vehicle Specs Select this option if you want all the Vehicle specs from the various menus printed with the report This will add 1 2 pages to the printed report Include Test Comments Select this option if you want all the comments for the Test File printed with the results 129 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 3 Output Request Report Comment Select this option if you want to be asked for a comment for each particular report you send to the printer These report comments are useful to identify important points for future reference like engine modifications special test conditions etc Other Print Options Other menus have print menu commands or print buttons as shown in Figure 3 19 Figure 3 19 Print Menu Item or Print Button Many scr
101. ance description to be given here Click on Help in menu line for more detailed info on options You will be shown the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro s Main Menu Notice at the top of the screen that the current Vehicle file is a 96 Mustang GT If it is not 96 Mustang GT or if you think the current 96 Mustang GT s specs have been changed you can Open up this Vehicle file by clicking on the Open button as shown in Figure 4 2 Open the Vehicle file 96 Mustang GT shown in Figure 4 2 If you have made any changes to the vehicle which originally appeared at the top of the Main Menu the program will first ask you if you want to save these changes Answer No and you will be returned to the Main Menu with the 96 Mustang GT specs loaded into the program 141 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 4 Examples If you have a faster computer you may want calculations done in a Name of Vehicle the program is currently slower but more precise ig Open Vehicle File orking with The way This can be done 48 Vehicles in Library Chosen File 96 Mustang GT current specs may by clicking on have been changed Preferences at the top of Reas _ jand be different than the Main Menu Figure ivi CID 282 Wt 3350 the Vehicle in Library 4 1 then selecting 001 Bp Nissan 2005X SPD E po Se nain a0 of the same name Sec Increments for Time ustan popao Fit EA Step for Calculations Click on the ve
102. ance of 0 x You stop N a stage Click on down arrow button to pick the method to tell the gt Staging Depth program the rollout distance the few inches the vehicle must travel to start the ET timer Choose None to have the timer ET Timer Starts start the second the vehicle starts to move staged light is uncovered Note For either of the Estimate from Specs Methods the program uses specs from this section and the Front Tire Diameter from the Wheels amp Tires specs screen to estimate a Rollout Staging Depth in Enter the amount of vehicle travel from when you first light the Staged Light until you stop and stage how far into the lights you stage in inches See Figure 2 29 Rollout inches Enter the distance the vehicle moves in the process of uncovering the starting lights Tire Stagger in Click on the down arrow key to select how much stagger the distance 1 wheel is ahead of the other wheel in inches All production cars have 0 only purpose built drag cars have stagger 64 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Veh Response Time Click on the down arrow key to select a typical Vehicle Response Time the time from release of the trans brake switch or clutch switch until the vehicle just starts to move This allows more precise timing of timed nitrous throttle stops and shift timers User Entered Veh Response Time If you selected
103. and and analyze your performance e The Drag Racing Analyzer Pro allows you to simulate real world modifications by simply typing in new specifications which simulate the hardware modification e Like most other vehicle settings there is no single best axle ratio for the 96 Mustang GT The best ratio will change depending on other vehicle specs for example like Tire specs which affect traction e The Chain Calculation feature can be a great time saver for doing several calculations at once 150 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 4 Examples Example 4 2 Calibrating the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro for Your Car Features Introduced and suggested background reading e Changing Calculate Performance Conditions Section 2 7 e Using Calculation Menus Section 2 8 e Adjusting specifications to match actual vehicle performance Appendix 3 e Using the Match Vehicle Performance Option Section 2 9 When using the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro to predict the effect of modifications on a certain vehicle it is best to first calibrate the program to match the vehicle s actual results Calibrate means to fine tune an instrument the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro in this case to improve its accuracy Once the program is calibrated its predictions are more likely to match your vehicle s response to modifications Like Example 4 1 and all examples in this manual the Time Step for Calculations is set to the more accurate 0
104. and att Direction Cain Nowind Track Specs 5 2 The program calculates the Steps The program calculates the Steps and the total ae E Guster Md combinations displayed at the top in the square e EE brackets so you get an idea of how many a se ON Chain Calcs O Aute Optimize calculations will be made l Help Click on the Option to select either a dtd Run choose No or one of the Special options to perform several runs at once Click on the OK button to start the calculations When finished the results will be displayed in a table Click here to enabled Chain Calculation as shown in Figure 2 69 From this table you can button Then click on button print the results or graph the results as shown in Figure 2 70 You can select to graph any of the outputs of ET MPH 60 ft times or the Special Timer results if you have the Team Engineer version Figure 2 68 Chain Calculation Screen Pick the Category then the Spec to Adjust etc working your way left across this screen for either 1 or 2 specs to Chain Back cancel Do fain Calculation Print Help Adjust These Specs w Chain Calculations Category Spec to Adjust Currently StartAt Ending Step Size Steps Body amp Chassis Final Drive Ratio x Wheels amp Tires 7 Tread Width in x OK Enter the amount of change in this spec for each subsequent calculation Small
105. ang gt K 13 007 1 236 68 22 1 Legend Titles 96 mustang gt 2 i 14 243 000 fl 00 96 mustang gt 3 j 14 243 000 96 mustang gt i i 14 243 000 96 mustang gt Fri Sep 14 01 6 08 pm 96 mustang gt i 14 243 000 Click in Graph column to select or de select tests for graphing Slide button right for more History info At the Graph Screen several options are available to graph selected tests from the History Log and change the Graph Titles You can obtain the History Log by clicking on the menu command History Log at the top of the Graph Screen The History Log is how you graph different tests together for comparison From this screen you can e Choose to Graph certain Test Results by clicking on the Graph column to insert a Yes there Tests marked Yes to Graph will be graphed when you click on the Graph Tests Marked Yes The first test usually the current Test you are working with is always graphed even with no Yes marked The number of tests actually graphed are limited by available space usually a limit of about 24 graph lines total 137 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 3 Output e Graph only the current test results the test file at the top of the Log by clicking on Graph Current Test Only e Click on Graph Title to change the Standard Title for this test The program defaults to the Vehicle Name but you can change this to most any name of 16 characters or less You can also specify Alt
106. aph e Print lets you print this screen and change the Windows Printer Setup Compare Click on down arrow button to pick how many clutches to compare in this screen from 1 to 3 Your choice here will change this screen and the number of columns displayed for either 1 2 or 3 clutches Clutch to Use Click on down arrow button to pick which clutch specs to use which will be copied back to the main Clutch Transmission screen Select None to not use any of these clutches Arm Clt 1 Arm Clt 2 Arm Clit 3 Select the type of arm used for Clutch 1 2 or 3 one of the 3 clutches for comparison on this screen Arm names which start with User Spec are arms which you have added to the program not supplied by Performance Trends Static Force Enter the static force for the clutch the force from the springs only which is present at 0 RPM Click on the Calc button to calculate from other specs Number of Arms Enter the number of clutch arms being used with this clutch Counter Weight gms Enter the amount of counter weights added to each arm in grams Ring Height inches Enter the Ring Height in inches Ring Height sometimes called hat height is a spec from the clutch manufacturer This measurement will change with wear of the friction material off the disks It is usually best to adjust your clutch to maintain this spec constant The calculations are most accurate if your clutch s Ring Height is held within 030
107. as a the Converter Sari Those oe vs SeS Capacity i 2 At the start the brakes are released and the throttle is opened as specified by the Launch Throttle The Drags Racing Analyzer v3 0 hatch 26 vs Sea Throttle is gradually increased from Axle torque is not being limited by brakes the starting but is whatever the engine can produce Throttle starts at Launch Throttle in this case 40 and gradually increases to 100 at the end of Launch Time percents so it is at 100 at the end of the Launch Time Note These graphs are available by selecting Clutch and Throttle as the Graph Data Types 3 When the engine RPM reaches the 1 2 Shift RPM the automatic shifts to 2nd The engine RPM drops as much as required for the next transmission gear The throttle remains open 100 during the shift 4 The third step is repeated for each transmission gear until the vehicle finishes the run Notes The Launch Time starts the moment the brake pedal or trans brake is released not when the ET clock starts For example if you specify Launch Time of 1 second and the rollout required 2 seconds and Vehicle Response is 1 seconds the Launch Time will be over at 7 seconds on the ET timer See Rollout specs in Section 2 7 1 If the first shift takes place before the Launch Time is over the throttle is still feathered into Gear 2 until the Launch Time has run out For automatic transmissio
108. back to return to the Transmission Screen If you have set Clutch to Use to one of the clutches then a summary of that clutch s specs will be loaded in the Clutch Specs and the Clutch Type will be set to Example Use Centrifugal Details These clutch specs will be used in the next performance simulation Important The purpose of centrifugal clutches is to provide more control over how torque is applied to the drivetrain to prevent the tires from breaking loose with high powered engines In order to simulate how changes in centrifugal clutch specs will change actual performance including the critical part of the launch you must set the Driving Spec of Launch Type to Use Specs Below Also be sure to set the Launch Specs of Launch Clutch and Launch Throttle in the Driving Specs correctly for how you drive and control the engine and clutch The program will then simulate how the clutch is applying torque and you can see if changes in settings will loose traction or provide for a quicker ET 36 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Other options on this screen include e Click on Report to create a list of clutch forces or torques at various RPMs for all 3 clutches These can be printed and edited in Windows Notepad e Click on Options to choose the RPM range for the graph choose between analyzing just clutch force or clutch torque and whether to include the engine torque curve on the gr
109. before the computer takes the engine to full power Specifying a low RPM here will have the computer ramp in power and hit the tires softer Launch RPM Is the RPM at which the engine is held at the starting line before the clutch or trans brake is released Launch Clutch Is the amount the clutch is feathered at the starting line at the beginning of the Launch Time The program then increases this amount until it is at 100 at the end of the Launch Time Launch Clutch specifies how much of the total clutch force is allowed to grip the clutch disc or put another way how far the clutch pedal is released For example if the clutch is dumped or side stepped at the starting line with no feathering this 52 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions would be called 100 Launch Clutch If you release the clutch until it just starts to bring the engine RPM down and you hold it there that could be specified as perhaps 10 Launch Clutch This specification is disabled if the vehicle has a torque converter or you are using a computer driven launch This spec can also be used to simulate the hydraulic or pneumatic clutch management systems on funny cars or top fuel cars Launch Throttle This describes how far the throttle is opened during the Launch Time The program then increases this amount until it is at 100 at the end of the Launch Time If the throttle is immediately opened
110. bove listed under Based On This method will estimate a portion of the deceleration is coming from rolling resistance of the tires wheel bearings etc Aero Drag Force Ibs Aero Drag HP Drag Coefficient from these methods will be based on you entering some theoretical Force in pounds or HP that the vehicle s aerodynamic drag and only aerodynamic drag must overcome This method assumes all the Force or HP you enter goes into overcoming aerodynamic drag and none into rolling resistance of the tires wheel bearings etc 84 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Total Drag Force Ibs Total Drag HP Drag Coefficient from these methods will be based on you entering some theoretical Force in pounds or HP that the vehicle s aerodynamic drag and rolling resistance must overcome This method will estimate a portion of the deceleration is coming from rolling resistance of the tires wheel bearings etc 2 8 14 Calc Front Rear Lift Coefficient This calculation is available from the Body amp Axle Specs menu and allows you to estimate a vehicle s front or rear lift coefficient from measured data As with the Drag Coefficient calculation measurements from the vehicle should be e With the weather conditions currently entered in the Calculate Performance Conditions With the Frontal Area currently entered in the Body amp Axle specs On a very level stretch of track On a very calm day with
111. cent of humidity the air could hold at its present temperature Relative Humidity can be calculated from either wet and dry bulb temperatures or from dew point and air temperature readings by clicking on the Cle button See Section 2 8 20 Dew Point deg F The dew point in degrees F of the air at the track which describes the air s humidity level The Dew Point deg F must be less than the Air Temperature Dew Point can be calculated from either wet and dry bulb temperatures or from relative humidity and air temperature readings by clicking on the Cle button See Section 2 8 19 Dew Point is a less confusing way of describing the air s moisture level than relative humidity Relative humidity readings are only meaningful if the air temperature when the reading was made is also known However the air s dew point remains constant even when the air temperature changes For example 40 degree air with a 80 relative humidity has only a 10 relative humidity when the same air is heated to 100 degrees However the dew point remains at 36 degrees for both air temperatures Elevation Elevation ft The elevation of the track above sea level in feet This spec is only used if you are using a Corrected Barometer like from a TV or radio station weather report If the elevation is below sea level enter a negative feet for this reading Altimeter The altitude in feet above sea level from an altimeter instrument The program assumes the altimeter
112. cle First since you are starting a new sequence of runs at a new race click on File and then New This will blank out all the entries Next you will need 2 Previous or practice runs These are very important and must be obtained with 2 very different throttle stop settings The throttle stop settings must produce at least a 3 second difference in ET The throttle stop setting is usually the time the stop is On or has the throttles closed you set on the throttle stop timer This usually has the finest control and best repeatability General Specs and Comments Method of Recording Weather Data For this example we are using 165 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 4 Examples C A a aa EEE EEE EEE SSS SSSI An altimeter which is corrected to 29 92 mercury A mercury thermometer for air temperature A dial hygrometer which reads out in Relative Humidity Wind speed and direction you obtain from a hand held wind speed meter and compass The Method of Reading Weather Data of Altimeter and Rel Hum exactly matches your instrument package so select it Note that the Barometer input is disabled You will enter your altimeter reading as Altimeter in feet of altitude Your throttle stop timer is set to come on 3 seconds after the trans brake releases so enter 3 for T S Start Time You are running in the 9 90 index class so enter 9 90 as the Index Also enter 01 seconds as the Safety Ma
113. combo box and select SAE 29 6 77 deg Dynamometers which mostly test racing engines typical of magazine articles generally correct their data to 29 92 Hg 60 degrees F and approximately 0 degrees F dew point no humidity For these engines select Std Dyno 29 92 60 deg Note that this Race correction factor gives power numbers about 2 higher than the SAE correction factor even though the engine actually puts out no more power Full Power Curve Features There are several ways to load in RPM torque and HP data into the table on the right side of the Engine menu You can e Calculate one based on simple inputs e Load an Example curve provided by Performance Trends e Load a curve calculated from one of our Engine Analyzer Programs e Type in readings from a dyno curve If you type in readings as soon as there 2 readings for any set of 3 inputs RPM torque HP the 3rd one is automatically calculated and filled in and the new point is added to the graph The graph always shows a sharp drop in power after the highest RPM point in the table This is to remind you that this is what the program assumes for calculations that engine power drops significantly like it ran into an overspeed after the highest RPM If you want the power to not drop so suddenly then you must add an additional RPM above your current highest RPM and enter a HP reading which draws the curve like you expect it to look 19 C Performance Trends
114. critical element in drag racing The Drag Racing Analyzer Pro gives you several options for controlling engine power and clutch release during launch Type Click on the down arrow button of this combo box to be presented with the following 3 choices e Computer Driven No tire spin e Use Specs Below which can be difficult to work with e Clutch Maintain Launch RPM No tire spin a second computer driven option available for clutches only e Comp Drvn No tire spin set Start RPM 51 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions ee ES SS _ Depending on your choice of Type some or all of the other Launch Specs will be enabled or disabled These types are explained below Computer Driven No tire spin The computer will hold the engine at full power and feather the clutch to put the most power to the ground but still prevent the tires from slipping For transmissions with torque converters the computer will hold the engine at full throttle and feather the drive axle s brakes to limit the power to the drive tires just enough to prevent tire spin This is similar to current production anti spin traction control Selecting Computer Driven No tire spin is the easiest way to launch the vehicle and make comparisons between vehicle modifications This Type of launch may not always give the best ET For example with very sticky tires and a clutch the computer may release the clutch too quickly b
115. culate Is a summary of the timer s Performance Conditions for 4 e Special Timer Screen Special Timer screen start and stop conditions Use a Special Timer Calculate Perhyrmance ET Print Special Timer Help L Rollout Distance inches Choose Yes to enable the other Timer Method 10 Typical Medi e settings in this screen l Start Timer Start Time At Use a Special Timer Yes gt Enter the number for starting peara Meh Response Time 0 the timer for the Condition you Condition MPH x Data To Report have entered below Type fst andard Drag Rac l Stop Timer Stop Timer at Co nd ition Condition e Choose the type of condition Note i ee a F This powerful feature lets you determine the time or starting the tumer For between 2 events like starting at 60 MPH and Special Calculations example in Figure 2 64 it is going to 90 MPH or starting at 400 ft and going ON MPH and the Start Timer At is to 50 MPH above the MPH at 400 ft Select the L Chain Calc i conditions above for starting and stopping this set to 60 or the timer will start timer when the vehicle first hits 60 ather info and the type of instruments MPH Some conditions do not Use Calc Value Help Cancel Print require a Start Timer At like Start of the 1 2 Shift and Start Timer At is disabled 105 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro
116. culate that the Max Tractive Force is 3200 Ibs Are assumed Max Tractive Force and calculated Max Tractive Force close enough within 20 pounds No so do again using new Max Tractive Force answer Calculate that the vehicle acceleration could be 85 Gs and the Wt Transfer value is 640 Ibs Using the Wt Transfer of 640 Ibs we now calculate that the Max Tractive Force is 3218 Ibs Are assumed Max Tractive Force and calculated Max Tractive Force close enough within 20 pounds Yes so an approximate answer is Max Tractive Force 3218 lbs If close enough was 200 lbs our first answer of 3200 lbs would have been good enough If close enough was 1 Ib it may require many more calculations to arrive at an answer which is close enough Ifthe equation is very complex and the inputs are an unusual combination no answer may be reached no matter how many times the calculation is performed This is called not converging on a solution Making the tolerance close enough small will produce more exact answers but will require more calculation time Performance Trends has selected tolerance bands for iterations which give good accuracy with reasonable calculation times and allow the process to converge on a solution Because many of the equations within the Drag Racing Analyzer must be solved by iterations there is no one exact answer All calculations are an approximation Therefore do not be alarmed if an ET improvement of 002 seconds is s
117. d by calculating Performance and then printing a performance report with the vehicle specs See Figure A3 1 The advantage of paper reports is the method is easy to understand The disadvantage of paper reports is you have to type in all the specs again i IX Include Vehicle Specs X Include Vehicle Comments X Request Report Comment Copying data to disk with Windows Print Report Using These Specs commands Other Printout Types Print Blank Worksheet This method is the preferred method If you are not familiar with Windows commands have someone help you the first tie couple of times However this is the most reliable and most Close E page 103 in 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 efficient way to back up your data manual for more info Note Unless stated otherwise all mouse clicks are with the im Test History normal left button on the mouse Print a Performance Report with To copy Entire DRPFILES Folder using Windows 95 98 Me or Include Vehicle Specs and Include NT which contains all folders and test files in the Vehicle ehicle Comments checked Library Click on Start then Programs then Windows Explorer usually at the bottom of the list of programs Accessories then Windows Explorer The exact one depends on your system You will obtain the Windows Explorer screen shown in Figure A3 2 Locate the PERFTRNS PTI folder may not be printed in capital letters on the left side of the Window
118. dicted run now becomes your Previous Run 2 on which you will predict a new run Remember Previous Run 1 and the new Previous Run 2 should have at least 3 seconds difference in ET 94 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Weather Inputs Corr Barometer Hg Obs Barometer Hg Air Temperature deg F Relative Humidity Dew Point deg F Elevation ft Altimeter Method of Recording Weather Data These are all explained in Section 2 7 1 All 3 runs must use the same Method of Recording Weather Data That is because the same weather instruments should be used for all measurements for the best accuracy Throttle Stop Previous Runs Is the throttle stop setting usually the time the throttle stop is on or is closing the throttles in seconds This is the adjustment you usually have the greatest control over and which gives the best consistency 60 foot sec Previous Runs Is the 60 foot times for the previous runs ET sec Is the ET you obtained for the 2 previous runs with the different throttle stop settings It is best if one of these runs is faster and one is slower than the Index and the difference in ET is at least 3 seconds Estimate Change in 60 Foot Time Click on this combo box for 2 choices e Let Program Estimate 60 ft time e You Enter predict 60 Foot Time Below If you let the program estimate the 60 ft time it will assume nearly the same traction as Previo
119. ds Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Method of Describing Power Curve Click on the down arrow of this combo box for the following choices e Peak HP Only Peak Torque and HP Only Full Power Curve which enables the 4 command buttons in this section as shown in Figure 2 7 Pick an Example Example Example Name if you have already chosen an example Depending on your choice the appropriate sections buttons and inputs will be disabled grayed out and you will not be able to access them Displacement cu in The engine s cubic inch displacement is used for 2 things e First it is used to determine the shape of the power curve from limited user input especially in the case of specifying Peak HP Only e It is used to estimate the amount of rotating inertia in the engine and clutch flywheel or converter if you have not entered it directly in the Engine Details menu The bigger the cubic inches the larger the assumed rotating inertia Therefore even if you are specifying the Full Power Curve enter the cubic inches to let the program better estimate the engine s rotating inertia if you have not entered it directly in the Engine Details menu Definition of Engine Inertia The engine inertia is a measure of how massive the engine s rotating components are and how difficult it is to accelerate or decelerate the engine itself Most of the engine s inertia is contained in the flywheel clutch assembly for a manual tra
120. e distance defined by Rollout If data is reported during a shift both gear numbers are given For example the 60 Feet point may show a Gear of 1 2 which indicates 60 feet occurred during the 1 2 shift Time Shows the elapsed time since the Rollout distance was traveled If Rollout is specified as 0 this column shows the time since the vehicle first started to accelerate Negative values of Sec shows these conditions occurred before the Rollout distance was traveled For example if the first Sec value is 22 and the second value is 0 Gear RO it says the vehicle started the acceleration 22 seconds before the rollout condition was met which starts the ET timer See Rollout section in Section 2 7 1 If you want the timer to start the instant the vehicle starts to accelerate not like a drag strip ET timer select Rollout of 0 like data logger The resolution of the time column can be increased to thousandths of a second by selecting 001 second increments in the Preferences menu MPH Is the vehicle s velocity in MPH Accel Gs Is the vehicle s acceleration rate in Gs If the tires are spinning the G value is followed by an S One 1 G is a rate of 22 MPH per second and is the acceleration of gravity or the acceleration rate of a anything in free fall If you accelerate at 1 G you will be at 22 MPH in 1 second 44 MPH in 2 seconds etc Feet Is the distance the vehicle has traveled during the run measured in feet
121. e Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Pressure Plate Diameter in Is the outside diameter of the Pressure Plate Pressure Plate Wt lbs Is the weight of the Pressure Plate and clutch disk Converter Specs If the Transmission Specs currently are indicating a torque converter is installed the Flywheel and Pressure Plate specs are converted to Converter specs Converter Diameter in Is the outside diameter of the torque converter Conv Wt with Fluid lbs Is the weight of the converter with fluid If you do not know this weight assume 10 Ibs for a 7 converter 15 Ibs for a 9 converter and 20 lbs for an 11 converters This spec is marked na if you specify a Clutch 2 8 5 Total Carb CFM Rating Fig 2 37 Total Carb CFM Rating Calc Total Carb CFM Rating 648 The total of primary barrels For a single 4 V carburetor this would be 2 for three 2 barrel carbs this would be 2 Carb Specs Total Primary Throttles Primary Throttle Plate Dia in Primary Throttle Plate Dia in Total Secondary Throttles Total Primary Throttles The diameter of the throttle opening or throttle butterfly plate for the Throttle Plates not venturi diameter Secondary Throttle Plate Dia in 1 62 l Note If you know the Carb Manufacturer s 4 BBL CFM Total Seconda ry Throttles Rating that is more accurate than using this Calculation Menu The 4 BBL CFM Rating is the CFM air th
122. e carb will flow at 1 5 mercury 20 4 water test pressure on a flow bench The total of secondary barrels For a single 4 V carburetor this would be 2 for three 2 barrel carbs this would be 4 77 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Secondary Throttle Plate Dia in The diameter of the throttle opening or throttle butterfly plate for the Sec Throttle Plates not venturi diameter If Total Sec Throttle Plates is set to 0 this value is disabled dimmed to gray and ignored Note Primary barrels and secondary barrels are not treated any differently by the program The only reason they are divided here is to easily handle throttle plates which are different sizes For example if the primary and secondary throttles were the same size in the three 2 barrel examples above you could have used 6 Pri Barrels 0 Sec Barrels or 0 Pri Barrels 6 Sec Barrels and arrived at the same answer Fig 2 38 Carb Closed 0 2 8 6 Carb Closed Total Primary Throttles Calc Throttle Stop Closed Calc Total Carb CFM Rating The total of primary barrels For a single 4 V carburetor this would be 2 for three 2 barrel carbs this would be 2 Carb Specs Total Primary Throttles Primary Throttle Plate Dia in Primary Throttle Plate Dia in Total Secondary Throttles gt The diameter of the throttle opening or throttle butterfly plate for the S dary Th
123. e clutch specs to Let Program Estimate Clutch Specs if the clutch is too small for the Engine Power Curve Tire Traction Factor Tire Construction if it needs more traction than 110 Traction Factor can provide Tire Growth Tire Diameter To find a combination giving the closest match to the vehicle s performance If the program can not arrive at acceptable specs in 100 passes Figure 2 54 Match Veh Perf Menu down the track it will give you a notice You may then want to FERETE T es double check your entries in the Match Veh Perf menu or some of the other specs in the other menus Your Vehicle s Actual Performance Distance of Race Quarter Mile If the program does arrive at acceptable specs you will be shown a summary of the new specs the program found and how close the Stall RPM at Launch program matched performance as shown in Figure 2 55 You can then load these specs into the menus for this vehicle 60 Foot Time sec Finish MPH Finish Engine RPM This process can save a good deal of cut and try on your part to get your vehicle specs adjusted Example 4 2 shows the Match Vehicle Performance process in more detail Finish Trans Gear Tip If you are not sure of Finish Engine RPM or do not want tire diameter changed just leave it blank or set itto 0 The program will not adjust tire growth or Distance of Race diameter to match this RPM Select either Quarter or Eighth mile for the distance
124. e specs BB Camaro Firebird Stock 60 s can not describe all Camaro Firebird Stock 70 s details of the example Camaro Firebird Stock 80 s Tip Click to highlight ja ak and you example double click Delete Cancel Print should still use your to choose example own judgment about the results See Figure 2 62 You have the option of changing the Example specs For example lets say you have lowered your Mustang You calculate the new Frontal Area is only 18 square feet You can click on Frontal Area and type in 18 and press lt Enter gt The program will warn you that by changing this spec the name of the example will no longer be for a Mustang but will be changed to the general Use Specs Below You also have the Figure 2 61 Comparing Chosen Example with Current Specs rampe or eal Compare Current specs with 67 70 SB Camaro Firebird your own sets of specs to the list of Spec Name Current Specs New Example Specs Component Examples If the current specs are Driveline Layout Rear Wheel Drive Rear Wheel Drive not an example click ut on Rear Tires An ai on the Save Example peigne poryt Gann A lt Wheelbase in 168 168 button to be presented Rear Track Width in 56 68 with the screen of Frt Roll Stfns No Frnt Sway Bar No Frnt Sway Bar Figure 2 63 Select Frontal Area sq ft 20 20 Save and these specs Drag Coefficient 5 48 will be saved to the example list with the name you entered Load In These Example Specs
125. e the driving specifications the sequence of events for a run for different cases is illustrated below 54 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Clutch Launch Type Computer Driven No tire spin 1 The engine is held at the Launch RPM 2 Atthestart the Figure 2 22 Clutch Launch Type Computer Driven No Tire Spin throttle is o Drag Racing Analyzer v3 0 Performance Trends GT5 0L opened 100 Print Options Graph Data Types Help F1 and the clutch is Drag Racing Analyzer v3 0 Throttle 2 vs Sec feathered to H H H H give maximum power to the tires without letting them slip If you selected to Maintain Launch RPM engine RPM is not allowed to fall below z 3 et Launch RPM Chautch 25 ws Sec Starting a ng 100 Throttle except during shifts 0 Clutch during shifts 3 When the clutch RPM both reach the 1 2 Shift RPM no clutch slip the clutch is disengaged the throttle is opened as specified by the Shift Throttle the gears are changed from 1st to 2nd and when time has passed as specified by the Shift Time the throttle is opened 100 and the clutch is again feathered to give maximum power to the tires without breaking them loose If you selected to Maintain Launch RPM engine RPM is not allowed to fall below Minimum Launch RPM Note These graphs are available by selecting Clutch and Throttle as the Graph Data Type
126. e top You can also click on the up or down arrow buttons on the slide bar Look for the Floppy Drive icon usually the A drive Put a new formatted disk in the floppy drive Then right click on the Floppy Drive icon and select Paste from the list of options You will see the floppy drive light come on as the entire DRPFILES folder and all its contents are copied to the floppy disk Label this disk with something like DRPFILES folder xx xx xx with a name and date Notes Four 4 other folders contain information you may want to back up e Engine contains engine files you have saved e DRPExmp contains component example specs you have saved e Dialln contains dial in files you have saved e ThrtlStp contains throttle stop files you have saved These folders are saved the same way that the DRPFiles folder is saved You may just want to back up one particular folder in the test library in the DRPFILES folder or just 1 particular test You would do this the same as with copying the entire DRPFILES folder just click on the by the DRPFILES folder to display the folders under DRPFILES Then right click on the folder you want to Copy To find individual test files click on the yellow folder icon containing the test file and the contents of the folder will be shown on the right side of the Windows Explorer screen Then right click on the test file name and select Copy You can also copy individual test files to the floppy drive f
127. e vehicle s weight on the drive tires This will change with weight transfer aerodynamic lift or down force the spec Wt On Rear Tires or location of drive tires RWD FWD AWD spec in Vehicle Specs menu Steer Wt Percent of the vehicle s weight on the steering tires This will change with weight transfer aerodynamic lift or down force the spec Wt On Rear Tires or location of drive tires RWD FWD AWD spec in Vehicle Specs menu Note When this value gets low less than 15 it can be indicating a car which is difficult to control potentially being unsafe Torque multiplication ratio of the torque converter Clutch or torque converter speed ratio Torque converter or clutch efficiency This gives an idea of the HP being lost in either of these components The HP lost in the torque converter or clutch PLUS that to overcome aerodynamic drag Tire Slip in When the tires have broken loose this value will go to 100 Ac CL A HP The HP lost in the torque converter or clutch PLUS that to overcome aerodynamic drag PLUS the HP going into accelerating the vehicle down the track Graphs Comparing More Than 1 Test Team Engineer Version There are 3 basic types of tests which can be graphed in the Team Engineer Version e Current test results These are the test results of the test file which you are working with on the Main Screen e Tests marked in the History Log These are the test results which you previously graphed started n
128. e wind e At relatively high MPH Ifyour finish MPH is 150 MPH you Use Calc Val Hel c Pri t should measure data at something over 100 MPH Accurate isiin ZE Sekai E aerodynamic data can not be obtained at less than around 80 MPH e With just the vehicle rolling itself with just wind resistance slowing it down That means no brakes no engine braking clutch disengaged no parachute etc Safety Note Making measurements at high vehicle speed is dangerous without proper precautions It is recommended these measurements only be taken at the end of the run with a data logger for a few seconds so there is ample time to safely brake the car Time coasting from measurements For this method enter the Vehicle MPH at the start of the coasting a 2nd Slower Veh MPH which is the MPH at the end of the coasting period and the Time measured between the 2 MPHs This can be obtained with a stop watch or by analyzing data logger data at the end of a run noting the precautions above listed under Based On The time between measurements does not have to be long but can be as short as a couple seconds if the MPH measurements are accurate from a data logger This method will estimate a portion of the deceleration is coming from rolling resistance of the tires wheel bearings etc Decel Gs from measurements For this method enter the Vehicle MPH and decel Gs at some relatively high MPH coasting after the run noting the precautions a
129. easier to control for maintaining traction Tip You can simulate changes in engine power during the run due to things other than nitrous injection using these specs These effects could include e Spark advance or retard changes programmed into a spark controller e Thermal effects from the engine heating up e Boost changes controlled by a timer For example to simulate a gradual power loss of 10 HP during a run perhaps due to the engine heating up set the following e Drop 10 HP from the current power curve at all RPMs at the main Engine Specs screen Section 2 2 Specify a Progressive Nitrous System in Engine Details Set Progressive Delay Time to 0 seconds to start immediately Set Prog Start Nitrous HP at 10 HP Set Prog Time to Full Nitrous to the approximate time of your run your ET Set Prog Full Nitrous HP at 0 HP This will add 10 HP to the start of your current power curve which you artificially reduced by 10 HP Therefore you are starting at your actual HP level But then through the run you are gradually reducing HP until you have 10 less HP at the end of the run Progressive Delay Time Is the time from the start of vehicle rollout release of trans brake or clutch until the nitrous oxide starts to be injected This will not exactly match the ET timer since rollout starts before the ET timer See Type above and Rollout specs in Section 2 7 1 26 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro C
130. ecause the tires are not in danger of spinning This may cause engine RPM to drop too much at the line perhaps slightly bogging the engine which can actually occur with the real vehicle See the Clutch Maintain Launch RPM No tire spin option below Use Specs Below The computer will drive exactly as specified by the other Launch Specs which may allow the tires to break loose and spin This Type is useful for fine tuning your particular launch strategy or to see how much the vehicle s ET suffers when the tires break loose Clutch Maintain Launch RPM No tire spin This is very similar to Computer Driven No tire spin in that the computer will hold the engine at full power and feather the clutch to put the most power to the ground but still prevent the tires from slipping The difference is the computer will also not allow engine RPM to fall below Launch RPM potentially eliminating engine bog This option is only available if the transmission is using a clutch Comp Drvn No tire spin set Start RPM This choice is available only for torque converter cars and is very similar to Computer Driven No tire spin The computer will hold the engine at full power and feather the brakes to put the most power to the ground but still prevent the tires from slipping The difference is you can specify a Launch RPM or starting RPM like the RPM being held by a two step type ignition system This is the RPM the engine starts at
131. ecs you will get an ET within about 3 seconds and a MPH within about 2 MPH of what your car runs with No throttle stop e These 2 throttle stop settings should be significantly different ideally 1 producing a faster ET and 1 producing a slower ET than your desired ET e The prediction can still work even though both ETs are faster or slower than your desired ET as long as there is significant difference at least 3 seconds or more in the 2 ETs which is not caused simply by the weather change e The accuracy of the predicted Throttle Stop also depends on the Time Resolution setting in the Preferences menu available at the Main Menu 001 seconds gives better accuracy e OAII 3 runs should use the same weather instruments for all measurements without calibration or adjustment in between e Although you may not want to change your strategy predictions are best if the throttle stop comes on after the 60 foot timing lights In this menu you can enter e Your vehicle s actual 60 ft time and ET for 2 previous runs The weather and wind conditions which produced these results Your vehicle s throttle stop setting for these 2 runs Your desired ET for the third run or Index to Run The weather and wind conditions for the third run where you want to run the Index Optional Your prediction of the 60 foot time for the Predicted run When all these have been entered click on Update Throttle Stop or the Cle button by Throttle Stop The program will
132. ed 2 seconds and Vehicle Response is 1 seconds the throttle stop will come on at 1 7 seconds on the ET timer See Rollout specs in Section 2 7 1 Note Due to the number of assumptions the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Pro must make the effect of the throttle stop will not be exact to within 01 seconds However the trends shown by the program will be correct To predict exact throttle stop settings for running a particular index see section 2 10 Total Carb CFM Is the total 4 BBL CFM rating for all carbs For example for a single Holley 600 4BBL it would be 600 For dual Holley 1150 4BBLs it would be 2300 Click on the Clc button to calculate from measured data Start Time Is the time from the start of release of trans brake or clutch including vehicle rollout until the throttle stop comes On closes throttle This will not exactly match the ET timer since rollout starts before the ET timer See Type above and Rollout specs in Section 2 7 1 Time On Is the amount of time the throttle stop stays On keeps throttles closed Carb Closed Describes how much of the carb s flow area is closed off Click on the Cle button to calculate from measured data 25 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Nitrous Oxide Type Click on down arrow button to pick the type of nitrous injection system you are using if any Your choice here will determine which specs are enabled in this sect
133. ed to adjust the 1 326 seconds for any Safety or Insurance Margin Use the 1 326 seconds exactly Next Run Assume you win your first round with a 9 905 ET For the next round s Throttle Stop prediction you are tempted to use your latest run to help predict a new throttle stop However because the difference between Previous Run 1 and your latest run is less than 3 seconds 9 905 9 760 145 the accuracy would not be good and the program recommends you do not do it Actually the program will not even calculate a Throttle Stop setting for the Predicted run if the ETs for the Previous run are not at least 2 seconds or more So from now on simply enter the new weather conditions for each round into the Predicted Run Enter your estimate of 60 foot time or let the program estimate it and set the new Throttle Stop setting on your timer for the new weather conditions Conclusions e The Drag Racing Analyzer Pro can predict a throttle stop setting to run a certain ET Index under changing weather conditions based on 2 previous runs with different throttle stop settings which produce at least 3 seconds difference in ET e Using 001 Sec Increments instead of 01 Sec Increments in the Preferences menu lets the program make 60 foot ET and Throttle Stop predictions in thousandths of a second 168 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Appendices Appendix 1 Accuracy and Assumptions Background The Drag Racing
134. eels Tires Wt Ibs at 40 and Tire Diameter at 24 9 Aggressive Launch Launch RPM changed to 5000 in the Driving Specs menu Power Shifts Shift Time reduced to 2 Fast and Shift Throttle increased to 100 Power Shifts in the Driving Specs menu This time rather than making changes to the Final Drive Ratio one at a time lets take advantage of the Pro s Chain Calculation feature After making the changes described in Table 4 1 click on the big Calculate Performance button In the Calculate Performance conditions click on the Chain Calculation option button which enables the Chain button which you can then click on This brings up the Chain Calculation screen See Figures 4 13 and 4 14 147 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 4 Examples Figure 4 13 Doing Chain Calculations IA Drag Racing Analyzer Pro 2 0 TE Performance Trends 96 Mustang GT File vehicle rues ia Calculate Performance Conditions OK back Calculate Performance ET Print Special Timer Help Track Weather l Rollout Distance inches Method of Reading Weather Data Method Enter Rollout Distan Radio TV Report with Dew Pt Rollout inches ma Z Harmer SHG Estimate Methods of Air Temperature deg F zzo Ad entering Rollout Dew Point deg F a cid Elevation feet fo Ss Wind Spets APH p Direction Cam No Wind 7 Track Specs Track Length ft 1320 Quarter Mile v Help Concrete Pad Len ft Move mo i
135. eens and menus have a Print button or a print option in the menu bar or listed under File in the menu bar Click on it to print that particular screen or menu IA Drag amp Se Engine Specs Untitled OK back Fie Engine Details bad from Engin BaseEm New Open Example Enghe Open Saved Engine Save Engine Save Enging As Load fror Engine Analyzer Print Windows Printer Setup Peak Horsepower RPM PeakHP 4500 I rid 130 Calc Displacement Displacement cu in Displacement CCs Displacement Liters Engine Specs Cal ased On Bore in Stroke in Bore and Stroke Number of Cylinder Displacement in CCs Displacement in Liters C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 3 Output 3 5 Data Libraries The Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Analyzer allows you to save Vehicle specs Engine Specs Test Conds etc to the Vehicle File Library under a name of your choosing You can then open these Vehicle files out of the Vehicle File Library in the future for comparison or modification The Open window is explained below with explanations Figure 3 20 Vehicle Library Options Click on File then Open from all saved tests to display Vehicle Library shown here Click on File then Save or Save As to save current test and specs to the Test Library Total Tests in Library under this Folder Diag Racing Analyzer Pro 2 0 TE Performance Trends 96 Mustang GT
136. en enter in a larger Safety Margin You won t have to run that close to your Index to win but want to make darn sure you don t break out and beat yourself Index sec Is the Index or your desired ET In the Super Classes these are usually 8 90 9 90 or 10 90 seconds T S Start Time In this version this time is only used to ensure the 60 foot times are not being affected by the throttle stop If the program thinks the throttle stop is On before the 60 foot time 60 foot times are not used in the prediction Throttle Stop Predicted Run This is the program s prediction of your throttle stop setting to run the Index ET If this is blank click on the Clc button by it or Update Prediction in the menu bar at the top of the menu The Throttle Stop is not saved because its value will change slightly depending on what the other vehicle specs in the program are set to 96 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions 2 11 Dial In Prediction The Dial In Prediction menu will let you predict the ET of a future run based on a past run and the weather conditions of the past run and the future run This is very useful for predicting Dial In for bracket racing Figure 2 57 Dial In Menu Weather and ET for previous run Weather conditions for the dies ran ne run the program is predicting your Dial In Menu bar of commands to open or save a file of Current Vehicle file Dial In specs copy specs Thi
137. engine Bore is the diameter of one cylinder Stroke in Number of Cylinders Stroke inches Displacement in CCs Is the Stroke for this engine Stroke is the distance the piston travels Displacement in Liters from TDC to BDC Help Cancel Cylinders Is the number of cylinders in this engine For example for a V 8 this would be 8 Displacement in CCs Is the total engine displacement in cubic centimeters CCs that you want converted to cubic inches For example for a 1000 CC motorcycle engine enter 1000 72 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Displacement in Liters Is the total engine displacement in liters that you want converted to cubic inches For example for a 5 0L Mustang engine enter 5 2 8 2 Calc Power Curve Figure 2 33 Calc Power Curve This calculation is available from the Engine specs menu and lets Calc Power Curve you estimate a set of engine Power Curve specs Initiate this calculation by entering a Cle button for any engine Power Curve spec Peak HP or the Calculate button if you are using a Full Power Curve for this Peak Torque ft Ibs 75 0 ae Peak Torque RPM Peak HP Performance Specs Peak Torque ft lbs Type of Calc Quarter Mile MPH Peak Torque RPM Vehicle Weight Ibs uarter Mile MPH Are the values calculate from these inputs 2 Engine Cubic Inches If you select Quarter Mile or Eighth Mile MPH as the Type
138. ep these new Perf Obtained Specs from New Specs 0 Note The combination of specs Specs Which Have Been Changed arrived at by the Match Vehicle Spec Name Old perermane apatite Are Mor e20 Jeso necessarily the most accurate combination of specs to match your car The menu of Figures 4 27 and 4 28 are now gone At the Main m com a Menu calculate performance and you confirm these specs do give results as stated by the Match Vehicle Performance screens and that do match your car just as shown in Figure 4 28 The ET of 158 __Retumn to Old Specs to Old __Retumn to Old Specs C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 4 Examples 10 182 which was Figure 4 29 Screen for Entering New Vehicle Name for Saving not an input in the Al Drag Racing Analyzer Pro v2 0 TE Performance Trends Super Stock Firebird Y6 Match Vehicle File vehicle CalcET Preferences Performance menu also matches quite Match Veh Pest Yeh Perf Throttle Stop ES aut closely to your actual ET of 10 12 r Ji e na es New Vehicle Name r Only Std Dyno Rating bic inches Return to the Main Menu and click in Folder Name My Cars 7 the Vehicle urbo Hydromatic 400 Comments section New Folder Name eo 4 56 heel Drive and change them to OK Cancel Help Advanced match these specs y ed fi 1 Mont Or Your y ee Enter a New Vehicle Name and click on OK The i Carlo
139. erformance Conditions menu From your own weather station instrument measuring actual not corrected barometric pressure Figure 4 16 Calc Menu for HP Calc Power Curve assume tq converter Peak HP 52 0 Engine specs Peak Torque ft Ibs 546 0 Peak Torque RPM 5000 Click on Engine specs at the Main Menu to display the current power specs for Performance Specs the Super Stock V 6 Change Displacement to 502 Then select the Method of oie Quarter Mile MPH Describing Power Curve which makes the most sense e Ifyou had a complete dyno curve you could pick Specified Full Curve picna eiki Leo and enter the dyno curve in the right hand section of this screen Quarter Mile MPH e You could pick an Example Power Curve and try to find something that you think would be close to your big block Chevy Engine Cubic Inches A i A Yol Eff e Ifyou know very little about the engine or power curves in general it VEN is probably best to pick Specified HP Only This option lets the RPM at HP Peak program decide the shape of the power curve This is the one you pick Notes This calculation will produce approximate power curve specs based on very simple inputs It Now to estimate the amount of HP coming from this engine click on the Cle always uses the Std Dyno Cor Factor The button by the Peak HP spec You will see the Calculation Menu of Figure 4 16 Match Veh Pedormance option is a more exac
140. ernate titles and legend names by clicking on Format at the top of the Graph Screen then Edit Titles Legends e Choose to Save certain results you believe are special and you may want to recall or graph in the future See the Save explanation of the previous page 138 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 3 Output 137 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 3 Output 138 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 4 Examples Chapter 4 Examples Each example in this chapter becomes progressively more complex assuming you have performed and understand the preceding example Section 1 5 s example is somewhat more basic than Example 4 1 so it may be a better place to start if Example 4 1 looks complicated The results shown in these examples may be somewhat different than what you obtain with your particular version of the program That is due to minor upgrades in the calculations in later versions 139 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 4 Examples 140 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 4 Examples Example 4 1 Finding the Best Axle Ratio Features Introduced and suggested background reading e Read the Preliminary Example To Get You Going Section 1 5 Moving around in the menus and changing specs Section 2 0 2 2 2 6 Calculate Performance and evaluating results Section
141. ew opened etc which you have marked Yes to graph in the History Log see Section 3 6 e Add Test lets you pick any test from the Test Library to add to the top of the History Log and mark as a test you want to graph Since it is at the top of the History Log it should definitely be included in the next graph In the Team Engineer Version you can compare data from up to 6 tests as long as there is room for the Legends labels for each graph on the right side of the graph Usually this ends up being about 24 graph lines which could be 6 tests with 4 graph lines for example MPH EngRPM AccelGs and CRPM for 6 different runs with different tire sizes 121 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 3 Output Figure 3 9 History Log See Section 3 6 for more details Click on the History Button or the History menu item to display the History Log Click on Single Test to graph only the Current Test ee i wer aang pa Pro 2 0 96 Sera eT ne Eng RPM IMIPH x 100 Accel Gs x 10000 69 428 cobra jet menu bar to close the History Log land graph the Test History _ lolx tests identified by a ests Marked Yes Graph a Test is Cear Options the menu option test Tile o ine Std Graph Tie Save Feet Dresa Dry Dnes At e0 R revert ET meremot MPH imen you pick Iz mustang gt 96 mustang gt Fri Sep 14 01 6 32 pm 96 mustang gt 96 mustang gt Fri Sep 14 01 6 08 pm 96 mustan
142. ew we would like to thank Tim Gillespie Ramon Valez Ray Novak Leonard Lamia Dave Koehler Table of Contents Chapter 1 Introduction Overview of Features Before You Start A Word of Caution Getting Started Installation Example to Get You Going Chapter 2 Definitions 2 0 Basic Program Operation 2 1 Preferences 2 2 Engine 2 2B Engine Details 2 3 Transmission 2 3B Racing Centrifugal Clutch Team Engr vers Only 2 4 Body amp Axle 2 5 Wheels amp Tires 2 6 Driving Specs 2 7 Calculated Performance 2 7 1 Calculate Performance Conditions 2 7 2 Calculated Performance Test Results 2 8 Calculation Menus 2 9 Match Vehicle Performance 2 10 Throttle Stop Prediction 2 11 Dial In Prediction 2 12 Saved Examples 2 13 Special Timer Team Engr vers Only 2 14 Chain Calculations 2 15 Auto Optimize 2 16 Import Data Logger File Team Engr vers Only Chapter 3 Output 3 1 Analysis Reports 3 2 ASCII Data Files 3 3 Graphs 3 4 Printer Output 3 5 Data Libraries 3 6 History Log 111 113 115 117 119 129 131 135 Table of Contents cont Chapter 4 Examples Example 4 1 Finding the Best Axle Ratio Example 4 2 Using the Match Vehicle Performance Option Example 4 3 Predict Bracket Racing Dial In Example 4 4 Predict Throttle Stop to Run Index Appendix 1 Accuracy and Assumptions Appendix 2 General Tips Appendix 3 Backing Up Data Index Chapters 1 3 Index Chapter 4 and Appendices
143. f 2 different power curves Test Test Summary and Comments for Current Results Comment ET 10 453 MPH 123 87 60 ft 1 431 Ft 1320 Dens Alt 1431 Dry Dens Alt 1685 Current HP has peak of 300 HP but still very high torque peak Tes Summary Test Summary and Comments for super gas grand am for 2nd ET 9 648 MPH 140 01 60ft 1 381 Ft 1320 Dens Alt 1431 Dry Dens Alt 1685 vere SuperGas Grand Am 455 Pontiac 14x32 Slicks 5000 Stall RPM Specs show Full Power Tes Comment Performance No Throttle Stop for 2nd Graph C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 3 Output Cursor The cursor feature is very useful for determining or comparing the value of the graph lines at various places See Figure 3 13 for explaining the use of the cursor Figure 3 13 Cursor Features and Commands Cursor line usually Click here to turn cursor ON Click here to turn cursor OFF Click on these buttons to move the cursor left or right Hold down the lt shift key gt while clicking these buttons and the cursor moves faster You can enable the cursor by clicking on View then Turn Cursor On w DataMite Analyzer v2 0 YAM 925 C G x Back File Format Wew Graph Type gid T st istry Log Single Test Help The value of each lal El NK Bee Lee ed peo et rutviewfset scaled graph line at the Corr Tq Co yar 00 0003 1 cursor is displayed Corr Tq 8 04 here Corr HP The X value of the cursor is shown
144. f motorcycles where there Figu re 2 41 Calc Final Drive Ratio is a chain reduction between the engine and the transmission and then there is the chain ratio between the transmission and rear 3 F axle Select this option if you know the Primary Ratio e Primary Gears amp Chain Drive Select this option if you know the Calc Final Drive Ratio number of gear teeth in the Primary Reduction Inputs Type Ring amp Pinion Gear Only 2 Teeth Pinion Gear Depending on your choice certain inputs will now be enabled Teeth Pinion Gear This is the number of teeth on the smaller pinion gear or drive gear Teeth Duve Sprocket which attaches to the driveshaft in the rear axle If you selected Gear X Teeth Wheel Sprocket Reduction amp Chain Drive as the Type this is the teeth on the sprocket or drive gear on the engine s crankshaft In almost all cases this Note number will be smaller than Teeth Ring Gear For motorcycles with a gear drive between the engine and transmission select Gear Reduction amp Chain Drive as the Type Teeth Ring Gear P f Use Calc Value This is the number of teeth on the larger ring gear or driven gear which attaches to the axle shafts through the differential in the rear axle If 80 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions you selected Gear Reduction amp Chain Drive as the Type this
145. f the rear deck trunk lid angled back 20 degrees from vertical e Clis the lift coefficient Assume that the lift coefficient was changed on the end of the car where the modification took place For example if you added a 4 Flat Air Dam to the front subtrack 05 from the current Front Lift Coefficient and leave the Rear Lift Coefficient unchanged For changing the Angle of Attack make the change to both the front and rear Lift Coefficients e Table 2 4 shows typical effects from modifications Individual vehicle s can differ considerable e Advertised Cds are usually the best case For a realistic Cd add 03 to 05 to the advertised Cd Front Lift Coefficient Engineering term which describes how much lift is generated on the FRONT of the vehicle by its exterior design the lower the number the less lift produced Negative numbers can be entered to show that downforce is generated from spoilers body rake etc A stock body has a typical Lift Coeffcient of about 20 meaning it creates lift as it goes through the air This is not 44 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions good for traction Wings and spoilers are designed to produce downforce which reduce the lift coefficient down to negative numbers like 20 A negative lift coefficient is for a car body which produces true downforce at high speed increasing traction Winged dragsters can actually produce lift coefficients of 1
146. fication An alternate way to see this comparison and improvement is a lenan to display the Test History Log Graph Tests Marked Yes Graph Current Test Only Clear erase Histo Prr Options Help A A 2 Test Title Graph Std Graph Tile 4Save Feet Dnsy Alt Dry Dnsy Alt 60 ft Imprvmnt JET Imprvmnt MPH _ Impr Click on History as shown in 96 mustang gt Sun Sep 1601 8 40 Y SE mesfang at 1320 1693 1941 2475 134 14 839 596 96 51 1 04 96 mustang gt Sun Sep 16 01 8 40 i 96 mustang gt 1320 1693 1941 2 341 14 243 97 55 Figure 4 8 and select Always Show History The History Log is a convenient way to keep track of your results to watch Click in Graph column to select or de select tests for graphing Slide button tight for more History info 145 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 4 Examples trends We will use it here to find the best axle ratio Figure 4 10 Clutch and Engine RPM Comparison Graph Clutch Lockup point with 3 08 Axle Ratio Drag Racing Analyzer Pro v2 0 96 Mustang GT Es Back File Format View GraphType AddTest History Log Single Test Help olay eee Leo Pes fol st ruven ser seated Eng RPM Previous 5500 e baseline run Current run with 2 0 axle Notice Bee A reed E gt chance of tire spin T 15 00 Time sec Clutch Lockup point with 2 0 Axle Ratio Figure 4 11 Editing Test Title to Track Modifications wm Drag Racing Anal
147. formance Specs in the program and these values are loaded into the Calculation Menu You are free to change them to any other value Type of Cale Quarter Mile MPH E Vehicle Weight Ibs Once enough specs have been entered the calculated value s at the top of the menu will be displayed This calculated value s will now Quarter Mile MPH be updated each time you change a spec If you want to use this Engine Cubic Inches calculated value click on Use Calc Value If the calculated value is Vol CH within expected limits it will be loaded into the original menu If you click on Cancel you will be returned to the original menu with RPM at HP Peak the original value unchanged If you click on Help you will be given a general explanation of calculation menus and a page in Notes this section for more info about the particular menu you are using This calculation will produce approximate power curve specs based on very simple inputs It The input values or calculated values in any calculation menu have always uses the Std Dyno Corr Factor The NO affect on calculated performance unless you load the Calculated Match Veh Performance option is a more exact ma p y way to build a power curve based on more value into the original menu Jf you already know a spec in the vehicle amp performance specs form required by the program then you have no need to use the calculation menu For example if you know
148. from the individual Engine Specs menu See Figure 3 21 Figure 3 21 Engine Fil tion gure 3 gine File Options Current Engine File Name OK back File Easing Details LeadfemEr G ick on File in the Engine menu to Open a set of saved j Been Em New specs or to save the current set of specs in just that screen Method Open Example Engine This allows you to build libraries of Engines for easily Spectied Open Saved Engine creating new tests in the future pecifie Save Engine New blanks out the current specs and comments Save Engne As Open Example opens a library of example specs Lead from Engine Analyzer provided by Performance Trends Peak To ay Open Saved opens a library of specs you have saved RPH Save saves the current specs to the same name as Windows Printer Setup these specs are currently called Peak Horsepower Save As saves the current specs to a new name that you RPM Peak HP s300 MFA will enter Displace Save a Vehicle File Before we discuss saving a Vehicle file it is important for you to understand how the program opens and uses Vehicle files When you open a Vehicle from the Vehicle Library you are only using a copy of the Vehicle The original Vehicle file is kept in the library As you make changes to the Vehicle they are only made to this copy The original file is not changed If you want to delete your changes you can simply open a fresh unchanged copy of the original Vehicle f
149. full power flash or stall RPM you could have chosen the Comp Drvn No tire spin set Start RPM Launch Type and then entered the appropriate Starting Launch RPM Also leave Shift Time at 4 Shift Kit as the Super Stock Firebird V6 was using Set the 1 2 Shift RPM and 2 3 Shift RPM to your shift RPMs of 7400 for both Driving Specs should now look like Figure 4 25 Figure 4 26 Results for First Try Drag Racing Analyzer Pro 2 0 TE Performance Trends Super Stock Firebird 6 Back Graph Print Analyze History File Help F1 7 Notes Summary Click on Notes for more Current ET 10 324 MPH 129 90 60 ft 1 493 Timer Gents Notes Details Last 21 970 41 83 1431 Improvement 11 646 88 07 062 Time _ MPH___ Accel Gs Feet__ CRPM_ M xt amt ont et KBP BA NNOD 130 85 m Test History Close History Log Clear erase History Print Options Help Test Tite Save Feet Dnsy Alt Dy Dnsy Alt 60 Imprvmnt ET Imprvmnt MPH _ Imprvmnt Timer _ Imprvmnt Tim super stock firebird v6 Mon Sep 17 01 10 324 11 129 90 88 07 super stock firebird v6 Mon Sep 17 01 i A 21 970 11 41 83 87 29 super stock firebird v6 Mon Sep 17 01 i 10 355 129 12 05 super stock firebird v6 Mon Sep 17 01 j i 10 429 129 07 00 super stock firebird v6 Mon Sep 17 01 i 10 429 129 07 05 super stock firebird v6 Mon Sep 17 01 j 10 355 3 129 12 32 59 sunbitlnd Crm Can 1091 11 94 ann 19 099 ocr nn
150. g Estimate Methods of Clc button Select No for Air Temperature deg F enamoro Know Dew Point and Relative Humidity z l Wet and Dry Bulb inputs Veh Response Time 075 quick x Elevation feet Data To Report become enabled Dry Bulb already filled 1 Wind S es e ae a are Type Standard Drag Race Results with Shifts star 7 MPH Direction i Temperature Type in 73 m tthe Tire Rollout is drawn here degrees and press Track Specs lt Enter gt to obtain the Track Length ft 1320 Quarter Mile 7 calculated 62 Relative re _ Humidity Click on Use Conine Red Eon ts Cale Value to load 62 Bump on Track Rating 0 No Bump x Special Calculations back into the Calculate No Chain Cales O Auto Optimize Performance Conditions menu r Help Click on down arrow button to pick the length of the track for the acceleration run in feet p53 Next select Headwind as the Direction for Wind Specs which enables Wind Speed where you enter the Wind Speed of 5 MPH For Rollout leave the Super Stock Firebird V6 s selection of 10 medium because you are not sure what your rollout is Rollout is not critical if you just want to predict performance changes The Calculate Performance Conditions menu should now look like Figure 4 19 Click on Return to return to the Main Menu Figure 4 20 Picking the Example Turbo Hydra Matic
151. g racing See Table 2 3 below As we develop more experience these numbers will be fine tuned The latest numbers can be found by clicking on the spec Friction Coefficient and checking the Help Description in the lower right corner of the Transmission Specs screen Table 2 3 Estimated friction Coefficients Material Est Friction Description Number Coefficient 5130 Stickiest hardest launch 5050 Half way between 5130 and 5191 5191 Less sticky softer launch Centrifugal Force lbs Enter the additional clutch force created by the centrifugal weights at some particular RPM This is the additional force above that created statically by the springs In the Team Engineer version click on the See Centrifugal Clutch Details to calculate Centrifugal Force RPM Enter the RPM which produces the additional Centrifugal dynamic force listed above Clutch Lock Up RPM Clutch Lock Up RPM based on Current Clutch Specs Full Throttle Engine Power Curve and Weather Specs at the track is the RPM where engine torque is exactly equal to the torque holding capability of the clutch you have specified As you change clutch specs you will see Lock Up RPM change 31 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Converter Converter Capacity Describes the size or capacity of the torque converter in units of RPM per square root of torque ft lbs The higher the capacity sometimes called K factor
152. g Racing Analyzer Pro as many times as you want If an Engine Analyzer program is not currently running and talking to the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro you can also start the process by clicking on the Load from Eng Anlzr button You will get the screen of Figure 2 8 20 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Troubleshooting If this process of loading power curves into the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro from the Engine Analyzer does not work like described above consider the following e You do not own the correct Windows version of Engine Analyzer program e You have renamed the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro or Engine Analyzer executable EXE file The Drag Racing Analyzer Pro should be DRP20 EXE e Inthe Engine Analyzer program click on the Look for It button by the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro option in the Send menu to see if the program can find a correct Windows version e You are trying to help the programs transfer control to each other Do not minimize one of the programs then activate the other program as this can confuse the process Edit Power Curve Click on Calculate New Tq HP Specs to generate a full power curve or just peaks based on some simple inputs See Section 2 8 1 for more details Click on Calculate Edit at the top of the screen for the options shown in Figure 2 9 Select one of the Edit options to be presented with the Increase in HP screen shown in Figure 2 9 There y
153. g gh 96 mustang gt Fri Sep 14 01 6 00 pm 96 mustang gt 69 428 cobra jet mustang Fri Sep14 Yes 69 428 cobra jet mustang Fri Sep 14 Click in Graph column to sele of oF de select tests fhr graphing Slide button right for more History info AStart GJ TEXT Z Microsot DragR amp QagR Areanen amp Drag Ral 5 Test H COW 943 1 19PM _ Click and drag slide bar to display Click in this column entire History Log Some tests to show Yes or marked Yes may be at the bottom of remove Yes Tests the Log and not be visible now marked Yes will be graphed if there is room typically not more than 24 graph lines total his column shows the Standard name the program will display in graph Legend for this test Click on the name to change it Alternate names are possible by clicking on Format then Edit Titles Other Graphing Features The graph screen has several other features including e Printing e Cursor to pinpoint the value of a particular point on the graph e Changing titles and legend names e Changing the scales These are discussed in the next sections 122 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 3 Output Printing Figure 3 10 shows the options for printing graphs and how to access these options Figure 3 11 shows the screen for changing the Windows Printer Setup Figure 3 12 shows how you can add information to a graph printout by clicking on Format t
154. g on what the other vehicle specs in the program are set to 100 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions 2 12 Saved Examples Many of the specs which the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro uses to predict performance are difficult for some users to get For that reason the program comes with sets of Example specs which the user can load in automatically and easily Figure 2 58 Using Component Examples Click on the Get Example button or on the Type combo box and select Pick an Example to bring up a list of example specs Click here to save the current specs as an Example ith a name of your choosing Not available is current specs are already an Example w Body Axle Specs OK back GetExafnple SaveExample Print Help If you are currently using a set of Vehile Weight Body Details Ea specs the Vehicle Weight Ibs Cid Type Ex Body 80s Cutlass BuickGN etc name of the Example will Driveline Layout Rear Wheel Drive lappear here You Axle Specs Wt on Rear Tires gan alee click on z this combo box to Final Drive Ratio cid Height of C6 in pick a new example Diff Lock Eff fi Z LE Z Wheelbase in fos Axle Design sta Duty Production SS Rear Track Width in 593 U Joint Angles Slight about 1 deg Frt Roll Stfms Modem Production Help Aerodynamics The weight of the veh
155. ge DRPFies a annei File Folder and files E E a AN 20 object s Disk free space 19 6 GB HEX drp20 File Edit Vie Explore __ Open i lt Back Search ders EBHistoy 9 OF X A Ea Address dp20 Scan for Vipdses Folders Sharing T be perftr al File Folder ay 4 7 File Folder Zc File Folder cim z TA d EBRHS File Folder E Dipexmp File Folder Create Shortcut DFFFiles File Folder Delete Drphelp File Folder Renae Engine File Folder TEXT File Folder Properties THATLSTP File Folder 20 object s Disk free space 19 6 GB a1 8 MB eI My Computer 1 Exploring pfa30 My Computer bv File Edit Yiew Go Favorites Tools Help 2 Back Forverd Up Copy Disk Address C perftms pti pfa30 Addtoze All Folders Sharing Aj Desktop Scan with Norton Antig My Computer Format sa i E AOL Instant Messenger Create Shortcut E Aol25 Properties E AOL Instant Messenger E Aol25 Toe ra arara a 178 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Appendices Now you must tell the computer where you want to copy the files to Click and drag the slide bar for the left section of the Windows Explorer screen to th
156. grams which produced the Force with Weights Description of Condition Type in most any comment to describe the clutch setup or conditions for Clutch 1 2 and 3 38 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions 2 4 Body amp Axle The Body amp Axle specs describe the vehicle size weight suspension final drive system and aerodynamics Figure 2 14 Body amp Axle Specs Menu Select to pick an Example of Body Vehicle Weight and Final Details Specs or select Use Specs Drive Ratio rear axle ratio Below and enter in your own specs are very critical for accurate predictions w Body Axle Specs OK back GetExample Save Example Print Help Driveline Layout ehile Weight Body Details can enable or disable various Vehicle Weight Ibs am cid Type Use Specs Below Body Axle specs on this screen Driveline Layout Rear Wheel Drive Axle Specs ee Wt on Rear Tires Final Drive Ratio 4 88 SE E ed Height of C G in Diff Lock Eff i00 Spool x E ee een e l D gi Std Duty Production x Rear T fac oint Angles Sl ht b t deg F Ss a C 19 a ou rt Roll Stfn Dr g Ra mg Aerodynamics Help The weight of the vehicle with the driver in pounds Type Typical Pro Stock Car Frontal Area sq ft lend and possibly Drag Coefficient safety issues with loosing control Front Lift Coefficient 10 due to insufficient
157. gure 4 4 Notes Screen From Clicking on Notes Button Figure 4 5 Graph Specs Menu The clutch was slipping for approximately 28 of the run which is Very high You may need higher Eng RPM Engine RPM clutch specs more torque holding capability or better tire traction Vehicle Speed Distance Acceleration in Gs HP Avail at Engine Flywheel Throttle Avail HP being delivered Click on Analyze for more details Clutch Avail Clutch Tq allowed Clutch RPM Clutch Qutput RPM l Graph Specs Type Pick Individual Channels x Time or Distance Graph Time a Engine Power had to be limited to the tires to prevent tire spin for 27 of the run which is Very high and hurting performance Performance will improve by increasing Traction Factor increasing Tread Width or going to a Drag Slick Construction in the WheelTire specs menu Before calculations are started basic checks are made of the input specs for Notes unusual combinations like a shift RPM higher than the engine s maximum Data Types to Graph 4 max RPM a clutch that is too small for the engine etc In this case the program Eng RPM Engine RPM sees no problems and the calculations proceed Clutch RPM Clutch Output RPM The program will display the Calculation Progress indicator as calculations progress When the calculations are finished the performance results will look like Figure 4 3 You now see a screen with columns of numbers describing the 96 Mus
158. h changes in engine output torque Engine torque can be affected by many things including weather throttle engine modifications etc Conv Tq Multiplication Describes the amount of torque multiplication produced by the torque converter at stall when the drive tires are not turning A torque converter increases engine torque at stall similar to a gear box As the vehicle starts to move and converter output RPM increases torque multiplication drops At higher converter output RPMs torque multiplication eventually reaches 1 1 no torque multiplication but no torque loss The Conv Tq Multiplication spec is generally not available from converter manufacturers but it should be Unless you know your converter s torque multiplication use a value of 2 Conv Slip Factor The ideal drag racing converter would be one which was loose at low speed giving a high stall RPM but would be very tight low slip and high efficiency at high speed This is very difficult to accomplish with real parts The Slip Factor is an arbitrary rating of the amount of slip in the converter at the coupling point or at high speed A value of 10 indicates a great deal of slip and inefficiency at high speed where a value of 0 indicates the tightest realistic open converter at high speed Generally a smaller diameter converter is more likely to be tight at high speed This means a 7 converter is more likely to have a Slip Factor of 2 than a 10 converter If you are
159. hapter 2 Definitions Prog Start Nitrous HP Is the HP rating of the nitrous system when the system first comes on The program assumes you get the full HP the system is rated for Prog Time to Full Nitrous Is the time from the start of injection to the time of full nitrous injection injecting the full HP rating Prog Full Nitrous HP Is the HP rating of the nitrous system when the system is at full injection The program assumes you get the full HP the system is rated for First Stage Is the time from the start of vehicle rollout release of trans brake or clutch until the nitrous oxide starts to be injected for the Ist stage This will not exactly match the ET timer since rollout starts before the ET timer See Type above and Rollout specs in Section 2 7 1 Second Stage Is the time from the start of vehicle rollout release of trans brake or clutch until the nitrous oxide starts to be injected for the 2nd stage This will not exactly match the ET timer since rollout starts before the ET timer See Type above and Rollout specs in Section 2 7 1 Third Stage Is the time from the start of vehicle rollout release of trans brake or clutch until the nitrous oxide starts to be injected for the 3rd stage This will not exactly match the ET timer since rollout starts before the ET timer See Type above and Rollout specs in Section 2 7 1 First Stage HP Rating Is the HP rating of the Ist nitrous stage The program assumes y
160. hen Edit Printed Comments and Data Output Figure 3 10 Printing Graphs Clicking on the Printer button is the same as clicking on File and then Print Color w DataMite Analyzer 2 0 REEDOS CFG Format View Graph Type AddTest HistoryLog Single Test Help Ie Add Test to Graph elol Let aq gt s Print Color solid lines 7 0 Print Black amp White dashed lines Windows Print Options Using Dot Matrix Printer Not Using Dot Matrix Printe Figure 3 11 Standard Windows Printer Options Print Setup Printer Name HP LaserJet IIIP Propertties Status Default printer Ready Type HP LaserJet IIP Where LPT1 Comment Paper Orientation Size Letter 81 2 11 in x Portrait Source Upper tray x Landscape Cancel Click on File to display the 3 print menu options Click here to print the graph in color solid lines 2 Click here to print the graph in black amp white various styles of dashed and solid lines Click here change the printer or printer driver page orientation etc Select between these 2 options for your printer type If you are getting a break in the border around a printed graph try the other option he Properties button sometimes called Options or Advanced button displays a screen for electing various printing and color options Try changing these ettings to correct certain print problems 123 C Performance
161. here in this case 9050 RPM 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000N RPM 9050 ou can also enable the cursor by single clicking on a graph line at a data point This also provides a quick way to move the cursor from 1 area of the graph to another Do not drag the mouse while clicking or you will zoom in on that area 125 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 3 Output Changing titles and legend names Many times you may want to customize a graph by displaying and printing labels of your choice Click on Format and then Edit Titles Legend to bring up the menu shown in Figure 3 14 which will allow you to do this Figure 3 14 Menu to Edit Title and Legend This is the list of Standard names the program uses unless you click on the Use New Titles button below Select click on a Standard name you want to change The Standard Name appears in the edit box along with the current New name if there is one Once you have selected a name from this list that row will be highlighted it is easier to use the up and down arrow keys to select the next item to edit than clicking the item with the mouse This is the list of New names the program will use if you click on Use New Titles If a title in the List of New Names is blank the program will use the Standard name t Edit Graph Title and Legend List of Std Names st of New Names orr Tq Corr HP 1 10 Exhaust Flex Itm l Corr Tq Ltn 2 Corr
162. hese conditions include Weather and wind conditions Total track length and other track details How you stage your vehicle with respect to the staging lights What data you want recorded in the Tabular Output Whether you want to perform any Special Calculations which direct the program to do several calculations at once Track Weather The weather conditions affect both the air s oxygen density which affects engine power and the air s total density which affects aerodynamic drag Many drag racers use their own personal weather stations In these cases be sure you read the Notes on Weather Conditions at the end of this section Method of Recording Weather Data Click on the down arrow button of this combo box to be presented with this list of options e Radio TV Report with Rel Hum Radio TV Report with Dew Pt Uncorr Baro with Rel Hum Uncorr Baro with Dew Pt Altimeter with Rel Hum Altimeter with Dew Pt If you change the Method the 4 inputs specs in the Weather section are changed or enabled disabled as necessary to represent the new Method In addition all the input specs are adjusted to what they would be with the new Method For example Corr Barometer of 29 3 at an elevation of 1200 feet is converted to 28 03 Obs Barometer with Elevation disabled Elevation is not important when you are using an uncorrected or observed barometer as this type of barometer shows the actual air pressure at the track If you
163. hicle These 001 increments 1996 Ford Mustang GT 4 6L 2 E al you want to Open to will be used for all e see a Preview examples Click on the different categories of vehicle dip 1 a Tip Click ona specs or the Calculate a Poa Performance button on all the vehicles the Main Menu Since _Open eXAMPLES Dra30 saved uder that we want to see the effect Cancel Help i Delete of changing the axle ratio on this vehicle we first need to get a baseline test A baseline is a performance test before the modification Therefore if you examine the contents of any component menus leave all current values as they are Figure 4 3 Test Results ij Drag Racing Analyzer Pro 2 0 TE Performance Trends 96 Mustang GT Back Graph Print Analyze History File Help F1 Current ET 14 763 MPH 95 95 60 ft 2395 Timer Last 14 763 95 95 2 395 Improvement 000 00 000 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 Click here or here to Graph Finish ET and MPH from data columns Click on the Calculate Performance button and you will now be shown the Calculation Conditions screen This screen gives the conditions for calculating performance like track weather and wind the length of the run and the rollout distance For now leave these values as they are Proceed with the calculations by clicking on the Calculate Performance ET menu item at the top of this menu 142 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 4 Examples Fi
164. hort throttle stop setting perhaps only 2 seconds On Based on your experience we make a run with the throttle stop timer set for 75 seconds and record the weather 60 foot time ET and the throttle stop setting Previous Run 2 The second run must produce at least a 3 second increase in ET Ideally it will produce an ET approximately equal to or slightly slower than your desired or Index ET Again based on your experience adjust the throttle stop timer to be on for say 1 5 seconds Make a run like this and record the weather 60 foot time ET and the throttle stop setting 166 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 4 Examples It is critical that the difference in the throttle stop settings for these 2 Previous Runs produce at least a 3 second difference in ET Fill in the data for these 2 Previous Runs as shown in Figure 4 37 Figure 4 37 Dial In Menu Enter weather conditions throttle stop settings 60 foot times and ETs for 2 known Previous Runs The 2 different throttle stop settings time throttle plates are closed must produce at least a 3 second difference in ET w Throttle Stop Prediction File at eee Predicted or Dial In Previous Run Predicted Run Air Temp deg F Air Temp deg F RelHum J46 RelHum Altimeter feet Altimeter feet Wind MPH Wind MPH ae ae Wind Direction Side wind x Side Wind gt ind Direction Side wind Throttle Stop Es
165. hown for changing in Dew Point from 67 to 66 but changing from 66 to 65 showed a 004 second improvement These results are basically saying lowering the Dew Point results in a very small gain in ET Other Vehicle Simulation Programs Other vehicle simulation programs are available which do not use nearly as many inputs as the Drag Racing Analyzer uses At first you may think these other programs are smarter since they do not need these additional inputs However each input the Drag Racing Analyzer uses has an effect on performance for example Wind Direction and Wind Speed The other programs either are making an assumption that wind is some set value or assume it has no effect By letting you adjust Wind Direction and Speed the Drag Racing Analyzer shows you e The change in performance due to a change in Wind conditions e Allows you greater accuracy since you specify the wind conditions and do not rely on the program s assumed conditions 170 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Appendices Major Assumptions To make the Drag Racing Analyzer and the specifications which describe the vehicle containable on a personal computer several simplifying assumptions are made which are listed below Other approximations and assumptions exist as identified in Section 1 3 A Word of Caution and scattered throughout this manual Also see Assumptions in the Index e All vehicle components are assumed to be perfectly stiff wh
166. ich means e There is no delay in engine torque getting to the tires due to driveshaft axle or tire wrap up e There is no pitch rotation of the vehicle front lifting rear dropping due to the suspension s springs or shocks e There is no change in the Height of CG due to pitch rotation or the body lifting e Engine torque changes instantaneously with a change in throttle position In real engines torque changes are delayed from 1 to 5 seconds or longer from throttle changes e The torque converter s performance is typical of production 3 element hydrodynamic torque converters Actual converters especially those significantly modified can have performance characteristics that can be quite different than production converters e Clutch holding torque does not change with time temperature or clutch wear Accuracy From reading the assumptions above and scattered throughout this manual it is obvious several important aspects of vehicle performance are glossed over Therefore it is impossible to make exact predictions of what will happen to your vehicle when modifications are made It should be possible to adjust the Drag Racing Analyzer to match your vehicle s performance see Example 4 2 and Appendix 3 to agree with your vehicle s results within 03 seconds at all points on the track However even after this a modification may not be simulated completely accurately For example you specify a higher stall converter and the
167. icle with the driver in pounds Type na Stock 80 s Intermediate f Frontal Area sqft cid Drag Coefficient Front Lift Coefficient 30 Rear Lift Coefficient 30 Vehicle Height in At the top of most component sections of the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro s menus you will find a description of the Type of component used In Figure 2 35 the component section is the Body Details in the Body amp Axle menu This combo box can have 2 or 3 choices e Use Specs Below e Pick An Example e Ex Body 80s Cutlass Buick GN etc or some other name of a specific example Figure 2 58 shows that the current Body Details specs are those picked from the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro s Example specs for a 80s Cutlass Buick GN etc This name can be a handy reminder of the type of vehicle you are simulating and also where you got these specs 101 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Figure 2 59 Categories of Example There are 2 general ways to pick an example component You can either Components This screen does not select the Pick An Example from the Type combo box or click on the Get appear for all component examples Example menu item at the top of the menu You may be first presented with a list of general categories of component examples like shown in Figure 2 59 p This screen would not appear for picking Body Details because there is no other co
168. ight in X Track Width in 144 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Cd for different types of vehicles Use Table 2 4 to estimate how much Cd will change from a modification A more complete list is obtained by selecting one of the examples of Body Details Table 2 3 Estimate Drag Coefficient Cd Table 2 4 Estimate How Modifications Affect Cd and Cl lift coefficient Open Side Windows vs closed 02 y y OO Open T Top amp Side Windows 08 o oo o O 4 Flat Air Dam width of vehicle 2 00 i y 8 Flat Air Dam width of vehicle 12 Flat Air Dam width of vehicle 1 Flat Spoiler width of vehicle 3 2 Flat Spoiler width of vehicle 4 Flat Spoiler width of vehicle Blocking half radiator air flow Notes concerning Table 2 3 and 2 4 1 Change the vehicle s attitude from the production attitude 4 degrees where a negative angle of attack is when the front is lowered and the rear is raised 2 For this table an air dam is defined as a flat plate the full width of the vehicle projecting vertically down directly below front bumper based on typical 1970s or earlier design say a 1974 Nova Most modern designs integrate air dams for optimum Cd therefore adding an air dam to a modern vehicle will likely show an increase in Cd but perhaps a reduction in Cl 3 For this table a spoiler is defined as a flat plate extending the full width of the vehicle at the top rear edge o
169. ik Hep Test Tite MSave Feet JDnsy Alt Dry Dnsy At 60 ft _ Inprvmnt ET ___ Imprvmnt MPH_ Imprvmnt Timer_ Imprvmnt Tim 94 nhra prostock firebird Mon Sep 10 S04 AY 7 22 10 91 190 03 139 07 94 nhra prostock firebird Thu Sep 6 OY f 18 13 00 50 96 03 94 nhra prostock firebird Thu Sep 6 0 d 18 13 6 51 50 99 59 74 94 nhra prostock firebird Thu Sep 6 01 4 11 62 10 110 73 44 94 nhra prostock firebird Thu Sep 6 01 11 72 00 110 29 00 94 nhra prostock firebird Thu Sep 6 01 11 72 00 110 29 00 OA when memataale fieahird This Can CNI 1179 11030 0199 Click on Test Title 1st Col mn to Open that test Click and slide Button on Nght for more History info Summary of Important Notes Click here to show History Test History not always shown Commands buttons for analyzing results Tabular Results Improvement Summary The Improvement Summary section compares the final results of the current run with those of the previous run This saves you from writing down ETs and MPHs to see how much effect a given modification has on performance 67 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions ET Elapsed Time in Seconds Is the time from when the vehicle s front tires uncover the staged light beam until the front tire breaks the finish line light beam at the end of the track Different tracks may have different locations and calculations regarding these ligh
170. ike P225 60 15 Construction The Construction type for the drive tire has a large effect on traction and therefore a large effect on the vehicle s maximum acceleration ability Click on the down arrow of this combo box to be presented with a list of choices The Construction type and the following tire specs will determine the traction capability of the tires and the amount of tire growth at high speed If you select anything other than Drag Slicks the Tire Growth specs is disabled as these other types of tires do not exhibit much growth Tread Width Is the width of the tire s contact patch on the ground and has a large effect on the traction available and to some extent the rolling resistance of the car Since Tread Width has a Clc button see Section 2 8 15 for calculating Tire Width from other tire specs like Rolling Radius Circumference or production tire sizes like P225 60 15 48 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Traction Factor Traction Efficiency describes how well the tires hook up to the road surface It is affected by road surface condition concrete vs asphalt amount of traction compound etc tire conditions temperature pressure compound etc and suspension setup 4 link adjustments shocks etc Obviously this spec has a critical impact on traction for all Tire Types Because it depends on so many variables it is difficult to estimate You can click on the
171. ile from the Library If you want to keep 132 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 3 Output your changes you must save them This can be done by clicking on File then Save You are also asked if you want to save your changes whenever you open a new Vehicle and the program has detected that you have made changes to the current file Figure 3 22 Saving Vehicle File Options New name to save Vehicle to Leave unchanged land click OK to save to the current vehicle name This would be the same as clicking on File then Save Click on name in the box to change it then click OK to save it to the new name Name of current test file you are working ith Click on the down arrow button to pick a different folder to save this test to Note that the top choice in this list is Add New Folder Pick this option and then you can type in a new folder name This new 3 eo Ere AT older name will be added to the list so that New Vehicl Name ELTERTTI 4 HP at 8300 you can save the test file to that folder if Folder Nahe i ecs you wish user defined specs New FolderName T Ratio 3 08 eel Drive i Type in a New Folder Name here if you o Cancel Hel Ad d l EA Lancet ep hiik Pr dened l select Add New Folder as the Folder x 25 00 Street Radi Name Enter a New Vehicle Name and click on OK The adaieg current Yehicle name is given should you choose to 1 0 5500 s modify it slightly f
172. iles of type fall Files b I Open as read only Import Other Drag Racing Analyzer File Import Data Logger File Comments The steps in importing a data file using the features in the Import Specs screen include 1 Assign the type of Column Separator either comma separated or double space or tab separated The program will assign what it thinks is correct when this screen is first opened based on how the file looks that you picked 2 Tell the program if the critical data of time is either a column of data in the data file or it the data was recorded at even time intervals for example each row of data is recorded at 0 10 second intervals 3 Iftime is not a column of data then enter what you believe is a good start time choose 0 if you are not sure and the time interval like 1 if data was recorded every tenth of a second 4 Choose if the data is for a car with a clutch or torque converter 5 Enter some default Graph Name of up to 16 letters 6 The non critical Comments info only can be entered if you wish These can be printed with graphs and appear in the History Log 7 Assign the data columns from the file to a Graph Data Name that the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro uses for its graphs This is done by clicking on a choice in the File Data Column to highlight it and then clicking on a Graph Data Name you want 111 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Def
173. imate My first estimate of Engine HP HP RPM _ T of 6900 for your Big Block Chevy The values in your calculation screen should now look like those in Figure 4 16 Note that the program is assuming a torque converter is being used as is the case with this vehicle The HP calculated for a clutch car with the same specs would be slightly different Click on Use Calc Value to load all the calculated values into the Engine Specs menu The program asks if you want to use the 3200 lbs you entered here as the actual Vehicle Weight of this car loaded in the Body amp Axle menu Since you do want to use it answer Yes Also notice as said in the Notes of the Calculation Menu the Power Corr is always set to Std Dyno 29 92 and 60 deg after using this menu to calculate Power Curve specs You can also enter a comment in the comments field as a reminder of what these engine specs represent The General Engine Specs menu should now look like Figure 4 17 z Clear Load from Eng Anzr Print Calculate Engine Details Power adjusted during run by Hood Scoop Figure 4 18 Calc Menu for Rela tive Humidity from Wet amp Dry Bulb Calc Relative Humidity Calc Relative Humidity 62 0 Calculate Performance Conditions Although it seems a little out of order to enter the Calculate Performance conditions now the weather conditions in this menu are used for some torque converter calculations so we will ente
174. iming Reset Timing to Original Timing Timing Shift Size 001 Seconds 01 Seconds v 1 Seconds 1 0 Seconds Turn Cursor On The test you are shifting is identified by printing the name and outline in bright pink To switch to a different file click on one of the graph data types for that file The number of seconds leach test has been shifted is displayed here Click here to return the graph to its unshifted original condition Note that the program remembers the lamount of shifting for the displayed lobes until you close the graph screen open the History Log or pick Click on Timing Shift Size then select the amount of time you want the selected test to shift for each click on the Shift Button Note You can also hold the Shift key down while clicking the shift button to shift a much larger amount C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 3 Output 3 4 Printer Output The Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Analyzer can print the tabular test results of a report for a permanent hardcopy by clicking on Print in the menu bar or the Printer icon The menu of options shown in Figure 3 18 will appear Check the options you want to use for the printout by clicking on any or all of the Option boxes All options and buttons are discussed in this section Figure 3 18 Printer Button and Print Menu Command Options Report Screen Giceon Panlorine Panleroutoa ij Drag Racing Analyzer Pro 2 0 TE Perform
175. in a vehicle However the Drag Racing Analyzer calculates the power loss due to accelerating the engine which changes in each gear See Inertia discussion in this Appendix Rotating Inertia The difference between stationary and rotating mass is important for a racer to understand Every racer knows that the less a car weighs the faster it can accelerate However not every racer knows that removing 30 lbs from the vehicle s rotating components wheels tires engine flywheel will show a larger improvement in accelerating performance than removing 30 Ibs from the frame or body This is because not only do you have to accelerate the tires down the quarter mile you have to get the tires to spin faster also The spare tire in the trunk is easier to accelerate than the same tire mounted on the axle The tire on the axle has both Figure A1 Changing Rotation Inertia Base Inertia mass and rotational inertia Reduce weight 50 Same Diameter Rotational inertia is a part s resistance to Inertia is reduced 50 changing its rotational speed Jack up the Requires only half the HP axle and try to spin the wheel Neglecting to accelerate friction a heavier wheel requires more force to spin than a light wheel In addition if the mass is concentrated in the Reduce Diameter 50 tire and less in the wheel it will require Same Weight even more force to spin That is because Inertia is reduced 75 rotational inertia depends on mass and the Requ
176. initions E E a A A ELL LLL EEF to assign to that column s data That assignment is then shown in the Data Column Assignments table If you have made a mistake simply go through the process again to re assign the File Data Column to the correct Graph Data Name You do not need to assign all File Data Columns For many channels this makes sense as you would assign the Engine RPM channel from the data logger file the name of Eng RPM However if you have recorded data logger data like shock travel or exhaust temp you can not call it that in the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Either do not import that data by not assigning it to a Graph Data Name or assign it a Graph Data Name that does not match what the data actually is For example you could assign shock travel data to the C Effcy Clutch Efficiency name You would have to remember what this is on the graphs 8 Click on OK import file when you are satisfied with your choices The program will then read the ASCII file you have selected and then make a new file which the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro can read through the History Log When you want to graph this data you do it by setting the Graph column for this new file to Yes in the History Log Figure 2 75 When finished setting up the specs in this screen click here to import the file s data These critical specs must be entered as described in this section ia Import Specs OK fimpett file Cancel don t ipp rt file Print Help
177. ion Choose something other than None to specify that power will be added to the current engine power curve during the run at certain times In real racing power is usually added when nitrous oxide is injected at a certain time into the run Usually this timer is started with the transbrake switch or when the clutch is released which is what the Pro assumes Due to the time it takes the car to respond to release of the trans brake or clutch and to roll out of the timing lights usually 1 4 seconds the nitrous injection starting time will not match the ET timer For example if you specify Delay Time to start in 2 seconds and the rollout required 2 seconds and Vehicle Response is 1 seconds the nitrous injection will come on at 1 7 seconds on the ET timer See Rollout specs in Section 2 7 1 Choose None for this spec if either e The vehicle does not have nitrous oxide injection e The nitrous oxide injection is started at the beginning of the run and is kept the same through the entire run In this case be sure the current power curve as shown in Figure 2 4 includes the power from the nitrous system Generally there are 2 types on nitrous systems The staged system where the nitrous comes on fully for each stage when a button is pressed or relay switched with a timer Ifa staged system is rated at 150 HP you immediately get 150 HP when the system comes on A progressive system lets the nitrous come on gradually This system is usually
178. ires only a quarter distance the mass is from the center of the HP to accelerate rotation See Figure Al 1 For this reason rotating components with small diameters which concentrate the mass close to the center of rotation have much less inertia These components consist of the driveshaft axle shafts etc Reducing the weight of these components insignificantly reduces your rotating inertia Rotating components with larger diameters flywheel or torque converter wheels tires somewhat in the crankshaft damper and transmission components contain most of the vehicle s rotating inertia These are the components to concentrate on when trying to reduce rotating inertia For example removing 1 pound from the engine s flywheel will have 100 up to 1000 times or more effect on the vehicle s rotational inertia than removing I pound from an axle shaft 174 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Appendices Example Try some examples with the Drag Racing Analyzer with the GT5 0L The GT5 0L s Baseline performance is a 14 593 ET Now remove 40 Ibs from the front wheels by setting Front Wheels Tires WT 10 instead of 50 This modification simulates moving 40 lbs from the front wheels and placing it somewhere on the body since we did not also reduce Vehicle Weight 40 Ibs If you have the Preference Warn on Tire Weight Change selected the program will ask you if you want to change the vehicle weight by 80 lbs when you lea
179. is corrected to 29 92 This means on a standard 29 92 barometric pressure 60 deg day the altimeter would read 0 feet at sea level If the altimeter is reading feet below sea level enter a negative feet for this reading Notes on Weather Readings and Weather Stations Many racers will use weather stations a collection of temperature humidity and barometric pressure measuring devices When using these instruments here are some things to keep in mind 61 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions ne e Unless you are very close to sea level an actual observed or uncorrected barometer will usually read less than a TV or radio weather report barometer For elevations less than 5000 feet an uncorrected barometer should read approximately 0 1 Mercury less for each 100 feet of elevation above sea level For example if your barometer instrument is at 850 feet elevation and the closest weather station reports 30 46 barometric pressure your barometer should read approximately 85 850 100 x 1 less or 30 46 85 29 61 It is useful to keep records of information like this what your actual barometer reads versus what this simple calculation says it should approximately read to see if the comparison is constantly jumping around If you always make the check at the same place same elevation like your home or shop and the difference is varying high by 1 than low by 2 etc you
180. ish 68 73 84 85 92 Finish Engine RPM 92 Finish MPH 92 Finish Trans Gear 92 Floppy Disk 4 14 134 Flywheel 18 24 76 Fonts 15 Force with Weights 38 Force Arms Only 38 Front Wheel Drive 40 47 48 Front Wheel Tire 47 Frontal Area 43 83 84 85 102 Frt Roll Stfns 43 Full Power Curve 17 18 19 20 72 73 Gear Ratio 33 Graph 1 8 9 15 20 36 55 56 57 58 108 110 111 112 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 137 138 Height of CG 42 History 14 63 105 106 111 112 113 121 122 135 136 137 Hood Scoop 1 23 24 36 70 75 Humidity 7 19 61 88 89 90 95 99 136 Import Data Logger File 6 1 111 Improvement 9 67 68 136 Improvement Summary 67 Imprvmnt 136 Include Vehicle Specs 129 Index 7 94 95 96 139 Index sec 96 Inertia 18 24 47 58 76 Install 4 75 87 123 Know Dew Point 89 182 Know Relative Humidity 88 Last Run 68 Launch 31 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 70 91 120 121 Launch Clutch 52 53 56 121 Launch Throttle 53 54 56 58 70 120 Launch RPM 52 55 56 Launch Time 52 53 55 56 58 Let Program Estimate Clutch Specs 30 31 91 Letter Tire Size 86 Load from Eng Anlzr 20 Lock Up RPM 31 36 Main Menu 7 8 10 11 20 49 59 68 87 91 94 98 Match Vehicle Performance 6 1 19 49 87 91 92 Method of Describing Power Curve 18 Method of Recording Weather Da
181. k out run quicker than predicted Calculate Perfor General Specs and Comments 97 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions ne Click on the Dial In button at the top of the Main Menu and you are presented with the menu shown in Figure 2 57 This menu will let you predict the ET of a future Predicted Run with different weather wind and possibly traction conditions based on previous run Important points for accuracy include e It is important for accuracy that most all the other vehicle specs accurately match your vehicle before you use the Dial In option This means that if you Calculate Performance for these specs you will get an ET within about 3 seconds and a MPH within about 2 MPH of what your car actually runs e The accuracy of the predicted Dial In also depends on the Time Resolution setting in the Preferences menu available at the Main Menu 001 seconds gives better accuracy and Dial In prediction to the nearest 001 seconds e Both runs should use the same weather instruments for all measurements without calibration or adjustment in between In this menu you can enter e Your vehicle s actual 60 ft time and ET for the Previous run The weather and wind conditions which produced these results for the Previous run The weather and wind conditions for the future Predicted run Optional Your prediction of the 60 foot time for the Predicted run A
182. k the ones you want included in the ASCII File Select between detailed Graph Data or simple Tabular data in Calculated Performance Results for output with the Graph Data vs Table option to change the data types listed here Calculated Performance Results which will be printed Select this option to insert commas between data points Leave this unchecked for data to be arranged in evenly spaced columns 117 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 3 Output Rows vs Columns If you do not select this option data will be written to the file much like it is displayed in the report on the screen Select this option to have the report turned on its side that is the rows will become columns and the columns will become rows Graph Data vs Table Check this option to write detailed Graph data as shown in Table 3 1 in Section 3 3 Graphs the Data Types which you can graph which are typically recorded at every 05 seconds of the run or 20 times a second Uncheck this option and the data types and recorded data frequency are the same as displayed in a typical Calculated Performance Report as shown in Figure 3 1 or 3 2 Output All Data Figure 3 6 Click on OK then Choose a File Name for Saving the ASCII File Select this option to ee Data Types to be written to the ASCII Save in a dip20 e e ae E ANALYS E Diphelp Ga XEngine i CALC Engine aaa I History cent clutch C HEAD
183. lick on button that button Total combinations which will be run Pick the Category then Adjust These Specs Category Spec to Optimize Body amp Chassis Wheels amp Tires x Wheels amp Tires 4 Final Drive Ratio Tread Width in Wheel amp amp Tire Wt Ibs Wheels amp Tires Tire Growth zl C z z z z z z z z z z urrently Start At a z a a S a N Ending O O Ce E JE_ m a me az n iv a Auto Optimize calculation Select None as the Category to turn off that row land all rows below it 2 O C ae fit O l aoa Help To Obtain This Performance Type Fastest MPH S pecific Condition ox Special Timer None 2 0 a a O O Pick the target performance level here to find 109 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Final Drive Ratio will go through a range of settings of 3 2 3 6 4 0 4 4 4 8 and 5 2 The program calculates the Steps and the total combinations displayed at the top in the square brackets so you get an idea of how many calculations will be made Click on the OK button to start the calculations When finished the results will be displayed in a table as shown in Figure 2 73 From this table you can print the resu
184. lights Use Calc Value 2 8 13 Calc Drag Coefficient This calculation is available from the Body amp Axle Specs menu and allows you to estimate a vehicle s drag coefficient from measured data or from estimated power losses 83 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Based On Figure 2 46 Calc Drag Coefficient First select the method for estimating Drag Coefficient from the Cate Orag Cont following Drag Coef e Time coasting from measurements e Decel Gs from measurements Calculate Aero Drag e Aero Drag Force lbs e Aero Drag HP Based On Time coasting e Total Drag Force lbs Vehicle MPH e Total Drag HP Time between MPHs 2nd Slower Yeh MPH The data for the first 2 methods can be obtained from data logger r Note measurements It should be noted that if you do make measurements This calculation is based on the air density for the from a vehicle that is should be current Weather Conditions in the Calculate With th th diti tly entered in the Calculat Performance Conditions ZERO 0 wind speed P fi S ae pats E armen owen te ZERO lift and downforce Frontal Area of 19 0 sq eae E ft and Veh Weight of 2350 Ibs If this is e With the Frontal Area currently entered in the Body amp Axle specs incorrect change these specs before using this e Ona very level stretch of track menu e Ona very calm day with no head wind tail wind or sid
185. lt naani brymnt secan Timer Imprymnt Slide bar super gas grand ath Wed Sep 12 01 140 01 000 Nor super gas grand arh Wed Sep 12 01 s i i y 140 01 D Nor super gas grand any Wed Sep 12 01 i i y 140 01 00 super gas grand ant Wed Sep 12 01 3 lt i E 140 01 6 53 Nor d 133 48 1 74 1 871 014 601 135 22 1 61 1 857 014 601 anmar mna menne nen iiiad Can 1901 13c 03 nn 1049 cn Performance Summary Notes Summary and Notes button giving performance tips Command Option Buttons Click on Test Title 1st Column to Open that test Click and slide button on right for more History info 113 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 3 Output Figure 3 2 Additional Output Options Click here or here to graph these results Click here or here to print these results Click here to create Analysis Report giving performance tips as described in Section 3 2 Click here for History Log options Click here to write results to a ASCII file for use in other programs we Click here for help on Test Results ij Drag Racing Analyzer Pro 2 0 TE Performance Trends Super Gas Grand Am Ox Back Graph Print Analyze Histety File Help F 1 f Notes Summary Cony Stall RPM Very Low Current ET 9 648 MPH 140 01 60 ft 1 381 Timer Gmnt JPO Notes Engine RPM Low Click on Notes for more Last 9 648 140 01 1 381 i l p j Details Improvement 000 00 000 000 Gear Mme MPH AccelGs Feet_ CRPM Eng
186. lts Fig 2 Import results from data loggers or other sources for making comparisons of simulated results to actual measured results Additional tunability of the converter to better match your car s performance Ability to specify converter lock up in different gears You can input more info into the Match Vehicle Performance screen to also more accurately adjust converter specs and tire growth e Ability to create custom reports of results at various steps of time distance or MPH This allows you to check the effect of a modification on say 40 to 140 MPH times or 500 to 1000 Ft times e Chain calculations let you make several runs while the program automatically increments the spec of your choice e Auto Optimize feature similar to Chain calculations but you can try more specs at once as the program zeros in on your desired performance like minimum ET or the ET closest to but slower than 9 90 e bit program Win 95 98 Me 2000 uses long file names e Vehicle Weight Estimator for estimating vehicle weights of popular production vehicles Team Engineer Version You can add the additional package of Team Engineer features which include e A complete Centrifugal slider Clutch builder program Ability to import data logger files for comparison and analysis More graph options like time alignment and dual cursors for analyzing sections of data The Special Timer for timing between 2 of most any type events during the run E
187. lts or graph the results You can select to graph any of the outputs of ET MPH 60 ft times or the Special Timer results if you have the Team Engineer version Figure 2 73 Results of Auto Optimize Top 10 MPHs for the 450 combinations run are listed Click here to print the results here in order ij Drag Racing Analyzer Pro 2 0 TE Performance Trends Super Gas Grand Am Back Print File Jfelp F1 Cmnts Body amp Chassis Wheels amp Tires Wheels amp Tires Wheels amp Tires ie a a he Final Drive Ratio _ Width in amp amp Tire Wt Sa Growth 4 8 4 8 E 5 af T 2 a 4 8 16 9 501 140 35 1320 1 300 4 8 14 16 20 9 587 140 34 1320 1 360 4 8 12 16 20 9 702 140 30 1320 1 436 4 8 16 16 20 9 508 140 30 1320 1 302 4 4 14 12 15 9 628 140 29 1320 1 370 48 14 20 20 9 594 140 29 1320 1 362 4 4 16 12 15 9 548 140 27 1320 1 314 4 8 16 20 20 9 512 140 26 1320 1 304 Note If you want to keep one of the combinations found you must write down the settings Then click on Back to return to the Main Screen and make these changes You may want to first save the current vehicle specs should you want to return to them later Once you have made these changes you may want to save this new optimized vehicle to a new name by clicking on File then Save As at the top left of the Main Screen 110 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions 2 15 Import Data Logger File Team Engineer Versi
188. lumns of output simply click on those results A definition of that particular data will be presented in a Message box as in Figure 1 6 Then click on OK when you have read the definition For a detailed explanation of all the results Calculation Conditions and output options go to Section 2 7 and Chapter 3 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 1 Introduction Figure 1 6 Calculated Results with Help Definition Click here or 5 ME Racing Analyzer Pro 2 0 TE Performance Trends 96 Mustang GT Bac Graph Print Analyze History File Help F1 Notes Summary Yery High Clutch Current ET 1421 MPH 97 49 Cmnts Notes Slip Tire Traction Very Low Click Last 14 21 97 49 on Notes for more Details 00 3000 1 00 100 470 3846 1 00 88 54 60 4503 5373 1 00 e Definitions of Results E Tht 43 at the conditions 00 sec 3 2MPH Ofeet into the run Definition of Thrt The percent of full power HP which is being delivered to the tires This will be less than 100 when the computer is trying to eliminate tire slip or as directed by Launch Throttle or during shifts p 59 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 6 6 6 g g w Test History Close History Log Clea 96 mustang gt Tue Sep 4 01 11 28 1320 1693 1941 2 34 00 14 21 00 97 49 96 mustang gt Tue Sep 4 01 10 38 1320 1693 1941 2 34 00 14 21 00 97 49 96 mustang gt Thu Aug 23 01 2 38 1320 1693 1941 2 34 14 21 97 49 Click on Test Title 1st Column to
189. m Number of Springs Spring Rate Number of Screw Turns etc or pre programmed examples for various clutch manufacturers You can also pick from some pre programmed examples of springs 3 Ifyou picked a pre programmed Style of Clutch Arm then all you need to enter is the Number of Arms of this style in your clutch the counter weight you ve added enter 0 for no counter weight and your Ring Height Note that this Ring Height must be within 0 100 of what the arm style is rated for It is also highly recommended that the Ring Height should be kept very close within 03 of the manufacturer s recommendation for accurate clutch force calculations 4 Ifyou picked User Defined as the Style of Clutch Arm then enter the 3 specs outlined in step 3 above In addition you must describe the arm in some detail to the program That is done by telling the program what force the arm can generate at some RPM both with some counter weight and without any counter weight This information is entered in the 5 new input boxes which appear when you specify User Defined as the style of Clutch Arm 5 You can also enter a comment to describe the particular arm and condition in the Description of Condition boxes under the graph These comments are printed with reports and saved with the clutch arm specs if you choose to save a set of User Defined clutch arm specs If you are working with a User Defined clutch arm you can also Save these 5 specs which describe
190. m for you e Get HELP to explain these options by clicking on Help e Quit the program by clicking on File then Exit or click on the Quit button All these options are explained in detail in Chapters 2 and 3 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 1 Introduction Figure 1 4 Calculation Conditions Menu Calculate Performance Conditions Ed OK back Calculate Performance ET Print Special Timer Help l Track Weather ollout Distance inches Method of Reading Weather Data ollout Distance below Rollout inches Ss Tire Rollout is Grays here if you c e one of tne Corr Barometer Hg Estimate Methods of Air Temperature deg F entering Rollout pen cance Weh Response Time a 00 typical 7 Elevation feet Data To Report C Wind S U EN Type Standard Drag Race Results with Shifts star 7 MPH fo Direction Calm No wind l Track Specs Track Length ft 1320 Quarter Mile 7 Concrete Pad Len ft Seek Rating 0 No Bump z C Special Calculations No Chain Cales Auto Optimize Help Click on arrow to select how you want to enter weather info and the type of instruments you will use p 50 In the Main Menu s blue title bar you will notice the current Vehicle is 96 Mustang GT The program has descriptions of vehicles saved in the Library right from the factory The current file from the
191. match your known C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 4 Examples measurements First click on the Clc button for Wt on Rear to open its Calculation Menu Enter the known weight of 1400 lbs for Weight on 1 Axle and select Rear for Which Axle It calculates 43 8 as the Calculated Wt on Rear Tires Click on Use Calc Value to load it into the Body Details Also type in your measured Wheelbase of 105 instead of the example s spec of 108 and measured Rear Track Width of 50 versus the examples 60 The Monte s rear axle is narrowed to accommodate the Figure 4 23 Body amp Axle Menu w Body Axle Specs x OK back GetExample Save Example Print Help Vehile Weight Body Details Vehicle Weight Ibs cid Type Use Specs Below Driveline Layout Rear wheel Drive Y x Wt on Rear Tires Final Drive Ratio fea EES Diff Lock Eff 100 Spool x heelbase in xle Design i x Std Duty Production Rear Track Width in Axle Specs U Joint Angles High about 3 degs x Help Aerodynamics The weight of the vehicle with the driver in pounds Type p26 Stock 60 s Intermediate x Frontal Area sq ft 3 Drag Coefficient Front Lift Coefficient IR ear Lift Coefficient Vehicle Height in Frt Roll Stfns No Frnt Sway Bar 14 slicks In the process of changing these specs from
192. may want to have the barometer or altimeter checked out e Ifyou find that you are making many adjustments to your weather station you are probably doing something wrong A barometer or altimeter which reads low but consistently reads low is better for predicting throttle stop or dial in trends than one you are trying to keep accurate by constantly adjusting it e Unless you are racing in very different air at least 1000 ft different in dry density altitude you are probably better off not changing jets Unless you know if you were on the rich side or lean side to start with you may actually be making things worse Also constant carb adjustments are just one more thing to go wrong and cause inconsistency Wind Specs Wind Speed MPH The wind speed in MPH Wind speed has a significant effect on ET and accurate measurements are difficult to come by You may want to invest in a hand held anemometer or vane wind speed indicator Wind Direction d eae Corner Tail Wind Side Wind Corner Head Wind Click on this combo box to select from the following wind directions Also see Figure 2 27 e Calm No Wind e Head Wind e Tail Wind p Sse lt lt e SideWind Tail Wind Vehicle Direction Head Wind e Corner Head Wind e Corner Tail Wind Figure 2 27 Track Specs Track Length ft Click on this combo box to select from the following track lengths e 1320 Quarter Mile 660 Eighth Mile 5280 One Mile 7040 El Mirage 1 33 mi for top speed r
193. meone else skilled and experienced in the particular area e Give the retailer or Performance Trends Inc s Tech Help Line a call for an explanation Computer programs are written by normal people who can make mistakes It s always possible there may be an error in the calculations Your phone call may help us correct it Please also read the Warranty and Warning at the beginning of this manual and on the diskette envelope C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 1 Introduction 1 4 Getting Started Installation You must install the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro from the distribution disks floppy disks or CD Rom to a hard drive before it will run To do this Floppy Disks e Start your computer e Insert the distribution disk 1 into the floppy drive for example the A drive e Click on the Start button then select Run e Type in A SETUP and press lt enter gt or click on Yes e Follow the instructions of the Setup program CD Rom e Start your computer e Insert the CD into the CD tray and close the tray e The installation Setup program will start automatically e Follow the instructions of the Setup program Then to run the program once it is installed e Click on Start click on Programs click on Performance Trends click on Drag Racing Analyzer Pro e Or double click on the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro icon on your desktop Entering Registered Owner s Name The first time you run the Drag
194. mple program could involve calculating quarter mile MPH from HP and vehicle weight K2 Quarter Mile MPH K1 x Engine HP Vehicle Weight You enter an engine HP and Vehicle Weight and obtain a quarter mile MPH value The answer you obtain on the left side of the equation has no effect on the inputs on the right side of the equation However lets look at a simplified version of the equation which the Drag Racing Analyzer uses just to calculate the maximum potential tractive force traction the tires can produce Max Tractive Force Tire Friction x Wt on Rear Tires Wt Transfer Where Wt Transfer depends on the vehicle s acceleration rate which depends on the tires Max Tractive Force In this case the Max Tractive Force answer you get on the left side has an effect on the inputs to the equation on the right The only way to solve equations like this is through iterations Iteration is a process where you assume an answer use that answer in the right side of the equation calculate the actual answer and see if the actual answer is close enough to the answer you assumed 169 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Appendices Iteration Process For this example we will not use actual numbers since the calculations are quite complex Assume Max Tractive Force is 3000 Ibs Calculate that the vehicle acceleration could be 8 Gs and the Wt Transfer value is 600 Ibs Using the Wt Transfer of 600 Ibs we now cal
195. mponent examples available at this menu Transmissions Eventually you will obtain a list of examples like shown in Figure 2 60 Here Tics Cdk on the carener te hord then dekon the you can select your choice by either clicking on it then clicking on the Pick Use Catagory button or just Double Click on the button or double clicking on it By single clicking on an example you have catagory to pick in one step saved not one provided by Performance Trends you can click on Delete to delete it Figure 2 60 List of Body Details Examples Next you will be shown a comparison ofthe example you Vehicles Layout Rrit CGHt WhlE RWdth Frt Sus Aerodynamics Typical 90s FWD Econo Car Stock 90 s Compact a chose and the current 2 j Typical Altered Roadster Typical Altered Roadst h YP Specs ass owman Typical Motorcycle Typical Motorcycle Figure 2 61 Click on Typical Sport Motorcycle Typical Sport Motorcyi Back to return to Typical Pro Stock Bike Typical Pro Stock Bike Typ 145 Whl Base Dragster Typical Dragster No Fi 60 2a gure 2 60 Click on Typ 300 Whl Base Dragster Typ Dragster Downfor Load In These Typical Pro Stock Car Typical Pro Stock Car Example Specs to use Typical Funny Car Typical Funny Car these specs You will Typ Rear Engine Sports Car Good Modern sports Cal p x evy Sma oc oc s Fu ize then b t 55 57 Ch Small Block Stock 50 s Full en be given a notice SB Camaro Firebird 44 22 No Swy Stock 60 s Pony Car about how thes
196. n arrow of this combo box to tell the program where the driving wheels are or if you have a motorcycle If you specify All Wheel Drive same as 4 wheel drive be sure to select a lower Transmission Efficiency to account for extra losses in the transfer case Wt on Rear Tires Describes the vehicle s weight distribution indicating the of the vehicle s total weight which is on the rear tires This information can be found in magazine road tests or owner s repair manuals An example would be weight distribution 55 45 which indicates 55 of the vehicle s weight is on the front tires when the vehicle is stationary and 45 is on the rear tires It is also possible to measure the vehicle s weight distribution by weighing the vehicle with all 4 tires on the scale and then weighing it with only the rear tires on the scale Both weighings should be done with the driver and with the vehicle level Then use the formula Formula to Calculate Wt on Rear Tires Wt on Rear Tires Wt for Rear Tires Only _x 100 Total Vehicle Weight For example if the total vehicle weight is 4000 lbs and the rear tire weight is 1800 the Weight on Rear Tires is 1800 4000 x 100 45 Since Wt on Rear Tires has a Clc button this calculation is computerized as shown in Section 2 8 10 41 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Height of CG Figure 2 15 Estimate of Height of CG Describes the height of the
197. n feet above sea level of the current track weather conditions Many racers like this number for comparisons It basically means for a standard 29 92 barometer 60 deg 0 humidity day what altitude would give the same barometric pressure as the current track conditions Dry Dnsy Alt Dry Density Altitude in feet above sea level of the current track weather conditions sometimes called Corrected Density Altitude corrected for humidity It basically means for a standard 29 92 barometer 60 deg 0 humidity day what altitude would give the same oxygen content as the current track conditions This is a better measure than Density Altitude for your car s true HP potential 60 ft Imprvmnt ET Imprvmnt MPH Imprvmnt Are the test results for the particular run The Imprvmnts are the improvement of a particular run over the previous run Imprvmnt is left blank if the previous run was not for the same Feet distance as that particular run in the History log If the Feet distances are 5280 1 mile or 7040 ft the distance of El Mirage the 60 foot time is actually the 660 foot 1 8 mile time If the Feet distance is are 26400 the distance of Bonneville the 60 foot time is actually the 2 mile time Timer Imprvmnt Timer Condition These columns appear if you have the Team Engineer version and are a record of the time interval for the Special Timer feature Timer Condition is a reminder of what specs you set for the Special Timer See Section
198. n here w Drag Racing Analyzer Pro v2 0 TE Performance Trends Super Gas Grand Am Cmnts ITO ee 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 m les Closa H Test Tile super ga super ga Comma Separated Graph Analyze History ife Help F1 1 Notes Summar Conv Stal RPM Very nw ASMI File Options Include Headings Comma Separated Graph Data vs Table C Rows vs Columns L Output all data Data Types Fitwhl RPH Clutch HP DS RPM AeroDyn HP TireRad zi Steer Wt Vehicle Sp Distance Accelerati Avail HF Avail Ch Clutch Out Front Whe HP Lost in Driveshaft Tq Mult Ra Cltch Cony Cltch Con_ emna ann iind Can 1971 1an Curent FT Preview 4 Data Wypes Selected plus Time Time 17Z 122 072 022 0 0 3392 6385 3802 0733 ine HP 234 5033 276 4848 322 04 TireRad 14 13 318 13 1427 13 1269 Steer Wt 3Z 1854 30 1975 29 927 Notes First choose if you want to save detailed Graph Data or Tabular Data the data you see behind this screen Also choose any other options for the format of the ASCII data file Then click on the types of data you want written to the file If you want all data written check the Output All Data box Click on OK and the program will let you enter a name folder and or complete path for storing the file OK Cancel Oc OC acao nar 1494 1coc 1904 ann Click on Data Types here to check or unchec
199. n shifts the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro uses Shift Time to define how quickly the valve body can perform shifts During a shift engine RPM drops and energy is released from this drop in engine RPM The program increases driveshaft torque to approximately simulate recovering the engine s and converter s inertia energy Inertia energy is the energy released when the engine and converter spinning at a high RPM before the shift are slowed down to a lower RPM after the shift This inertia energy is responsible for the vehicle s jump forward during shifts possible spinning the tires The shorter the Shift Time the harsher the shift and the greater the driveshaft torque from recovering inertia energy 58 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions 2 Calculate Performance 2 1 Calculate Performance Conditions At the Main Menu you can calculate performance by 1 Clicking on Calculate Performance to open the Calculate Performance Conditions menu shown below then clicking on Calculate Performance ET at the top of this menu 2 Clicking on the Calc ET button at the top of the Main Menu 3 Clicking on the Calc ET menu item at the top of the Main Menu Figure 2 26 Calculate Performance Menu Choose various methods of This combo box lets you select the combination of describing Rollout Shown weather instruments you will use including an altimeter here is a detailed method w Calculate Perfo
200. nd correct it before calculating Engine Inertia If you can not make good estimates of these inputs it is much better to select Let Program Estimate for Engine Inertia in the Engine Details screen Accessories Select a description of the front end accessories that are driven from the crank pulley Internal Parts Race engine s are generally equipped with lighter components like crank pistons rods etc This is done both to reduce engine inertia and to survive higher RPM running Pick a description of the internal components of this engine Engine Stroke in Figure 2 36 Calc Engine Inertia Calc Engine Inertia Enter the engine s stroke in inches 8 Calc Engine Inertia Crank Weight isa Accessories Air Pump Ony z Weight of the crankshaft in pounds Internal Parts Very Light Race Onl Y Engine Stroke in Damper Diameter in Crank Wt Ibs Damper Diameter in Damper Wt Ibs Is the outside diameter of the crankshaft damper Damper Wt Ibs Flywheel Flywheel Dia in Is the weight of the crankshaft damper Flywheel Wt Ibs Pressure Plate Dia in Flywheel Diameter in T EA Pressure Plate Wt Ibs Is the outside diameter of the flywheel l Note This calculation based on a 500 cu in engine as entered in the Engine Specs screen Flywheel Wt Ibs Is the weight of the flywheel uU Help Cancel 76 lz C Performanc
201. ngine RPM histograms Please read Sections 1 2 Before You Start and 1 3 A Word of Caution before you turn on the computer Then try running the program following the guidelines in 1 4 Getting Started and 1 5 Example to Get You Going When you feel a little familiar with the program take time to read this entire manual It will show you all the things you can do with this powerful tool C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 1 Introduction 1 2 Before You Start What you will need e IBM Pentium or 100 compatible e 64Meg of RAM e Approximately 20 Megabyte of disk space More is required for storing large s of vehicles e Windows 95 98 Me 2000 or NT Many terms used by the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Analyzer and this user s manual are similar to terms used by other publications i e Converter Stall RPM Density Altitude etc However these terms may have different definitions Therefore read Chapter 2 to see what these terms mean to the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Occasionally it will be necessary to identify typos in the manual known bugs and their fixes etc which were not known at the time of publication These will be identified in a file called README DOC in the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro folder This file can be displayed right in the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro by clicking on Help at the Main Screen then clicking on Display Readme doc File You can also read it using utilities like NotePad o
202. nish Staged Position Trap Lights back 66 ft from Finish for 1 4 mile tracks only Bump Distance ft Is the location of the bump from the starting line This is disabled if Bump on Track above is set to None 63 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Rollout Figure 2 29 Illustration of Staging and How It Affects Rollout Rollout is the distance traveled by the vehicle during the process of uncovering the lights to start the ET timer during drag racing This distance is generally 4 12 inches and is affected by tire size how the vehicle is staged timer light positions etc Pre Staged Light Comes On Rollout can be measured by measuring how far your vehicle travels from the following 2 points 1 When the staged light first comes on assuming that is how you stage your car See Figure 2 29 2 When the staged light goes off or whatever else starts O the ET timer from rolling forward through the beams h x Pre Staged Light At most tracks uncovering the staged light beam is Staged Light what starts the ET timer See Figure 2 29 Rollout Although a few inches appears to be a minor detail the rollout Staged Light can affect the ET up to a couple tenths of a second If you want aem F Comes On data reported where the timer starts the moment the vehicle Aa s beam is starts accelerating like accelerometer or fifth wheel lt y covered instruments enter a rollout dist
203. no head wind tail wind or side wind At relatively high MPH If your finish MPH is 150 MPH you should measure data at something over 100 MPH Accurate aerodynamic data can not be obtained at less than around 80 MPH e With just the vehicle rolling itself with just wind resistance slowing it down That means no brakes no engine braking clutch disengaged no parachute etc Figure 247 Cale Lift Coefficient Body Creates Front Lift Coefficient First select whether the body is creating downforce or lift on the Aerodynamic Lift Downforce appropriate front or rear axle Body Creates Downforce 7 l Vehicle MPH s5 Vehicle MPH DownForce on Front Axle Ibs 55 Enter the vehicle speed in MPH where you have force data on the axle l Note This calculation is based on the air density for the current Weather Conditions in the Calculate Downforce On Axle Ibs Performance Conditions ZERO 0 wind speed f and a Frontal Area of 19 0 sq ft If this is incorrect change these specs before using this Enter the force you measure on the axle The most straight forward menu way to measure this force is with shock absorber or spring travel sensors For example assume you see a 200 compression in the left f Help PERE Print and right rear shocks Then while the car is standing in the garage 3 apply load directly above the rear axle until the shocks have compressed 200 This is the downforce you would e
204. not acceptable for example those that include certain characters like lt gt The program will warn you if this problem is encountered Vehicle files are saved to folders you have created in the DRPFILES folder in the DRP20 folder under PERFTRNS PTI folder You can copy Windows Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Analyzer files from programs on other computers to this folder and they will be found by the program The Windows Version 2 0 will read files produced with the older DOS Pro v1 1 and vehicle files from the standard Drag Racing Analyzer v2 2 DOS and v3 0 Windows Just copy them into a folder under the 133 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 3 Output DRPFILES folder other than the Examples folder The Save to Floppy and Open From Floppy commands discussed below are an alternate perhaps easier way to copy files from one computer to another The method of saving an Engine file is exactly the same as complete Vehicle Files except that you access the Save menu by clicking on File at the top of these individual menus as shown in Figure 3 21 These files are saved to the ENGINE folder Advance Open or Save Screen Open a Fie File name If you click on the Advanced button in either the Open or Save As screen you will obtain the screen shown in Figure 3 23 From here you can access most any file on the computer on most any disk drive xerltrk pti xdrag pti List files of type
205. nsmission or in the torque converter for an automatic transmission The more massive or the larger the diameter the flywheel or any rotating engine component the larger the inertia value Peak Torque ft lbs This is the maximum torque value for the vehicle s engine This information is listed in magazine articles owner s manual repair manual or from dynamometer tests See Appendix 2 If this value is not known one of Performance Trends Engine Analyzer programs will help you measure or estimate the engine s maximum torque If you have no information on Peak Torque we recommend you select one of the example curves select the Method of Describing Power Curve of Peak HP Only to eliminate this spec or click on the Clc button to calculate Peak Torque from other inputs RPM at Peak Torque This is the RPM at which the peak torque occurs This is listed in magazine articles in the owners repair manuals or dynamometer tests with the peak torque value for example 265 ft lbs 2800 RPM The RPM at Peak Torque must be lower than the RPM at Peak HP If you have no information on RPM at Peak Torque we recommend you select one of the example curves select the Method of Describing Power Curve of Peak HP Only to eliminate this spec or click on the Cle button to calculate Peak Torque from other inputs C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Peak Horsepower This is the maximum horsepower value for the vehicle
206. nt you lightened the wheels and tires C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Printer Fonts Choose which basic type of font to use for printouts You may not get your choice if your printer does not support that particular font Printed Graph Width of Page Due to the endless combinations of computers Windows setups and printers some printed graphs may not fill the page some may extend off the page to the right This option lets you expand greater than 100 or shrink less than 100 the printed graph to better fit the page Always Autoscale New Graph Choose Yes for Always Autoscale New Graph and each time you do a new graph the graph is autoscaled program picks the scales to show all data This is usually the best for beginners Choose No and any manual scales you have set will be maintained for each new graph until you quit the program Figure 2 5 Screen for Customizing Graph Line Colors i User Specified Graph Colors x General Color Choices l Use User Specified Colors Yes 0 1 2 3 4 5 iee Engine Graph BackgroundColor erm 2 118 CoC J02 03 IC J Lines Line 37 5s bt Color Codes for Individual Graph Lines T s hm ine _ m s z Line 13 Line 14 a Line 16 oe linet 2 n Line 18 Line 19 Line 20 This option lets you choose the line thickness of the summary graph of Corrected Torque and HP vs RPM for the current
207. nter into the calculation menu Note that to be accurate you must apply the force directly above the axle not at the end of the car like pressing or lifting on the rear bumper 85 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Figure 2 48 Calc Tire Diameter 2 8 15 Tire Diameter T rea d W i d t h Calc Tire Diameter inches Calc Tread Width inches This calculation is available from the Wheel amp Tire Specs menu and allows you to estimate either a front or rear wheel s Tire Diameter and l akea Inputs Tread Width for certain Tire Rating Types Rating Type P Metric ex P225 60 15 Note For all Rating Types except Rolling Radius the Calc Tire Metric Tire Size ex 225 Diameter is approximately 3 less than what you would calculate based on the exact dimensions This is to allow for some tire wear Lette Tke Size deformation and slip Aspect Ratio Wheel Rim Diameter in fofin Radius in Rating Type Cucumiesonce 2 Click on this combo box for the following rating types p 7 P Metric ex P225 60 15 a m Calculated diameters are reduced approximately e Letter ex G 60 15 3 from exact dimensions to allow for some wear e Rolling Radius inches deformation and slip e Circumference inches Depending on your choice certain specs will become enabled If you Use Calc Value choose the P Metric or Letter Type you will also be able to calculate
208. nu e Change the shape of the HP curve Another Tip By adjusting Shift RPMs you can simulate most any acceleration For example let s say you want to know the time to accelerate from 50 MPH to 80 MPH in 3rd gear Adjust the 2 3 SHIFT RPM until the vehicle starts 3rd gear after the 2 3 shift at exactly 50 MPH Then adjust the 3 4 SHIFT RPM until the vehicle starts the 3 4 shift at exactly 80 MPH The time between start and end of 3rd gear is 3rd gear s 50 80 MPH time 173 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Appendices Using Dynamometer Data for Engine Power Curve Specs Engine Power Curve specs are discussed in Section 2 2 Dynamometer tests which measure engine performance can be done in different ways How the test is done can over estimate or under estimate the engine s torque and HP in the vehicle The Drag Racing Analyzer works best if you enter steady state dynamometer results with the engine equipped exactly as it will be in the vehicle Equipped means with the full exhaust and intake system all accessories running like water pump fan etc Steady state means that engine RPM is stable not changing when the torque and HP are measured This is sometimes called a step text Accelerating dynamometer tests where the engine speed is constantly increasing i e 300 RPM sec can under estimate an engine s steady state performance You may think an accelerating test best represents an engine accelerating
209. nverter but is also forced to be locked up This is how most transmissions work anyway NOTE Usually only newer production transmissions have converters which lock up 34 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions 2 3 B Racing Centrifugal Clutch Team Engineer Version Only This screen only available in the Team Engineer version contains several features for you to build and analyze centrifugal clutches Figure 2 13 Racing Centrifugal Clutch Design Screen Identifies which clutch s specs if any is being used in the current vehicle w Centrifugal Clutch Specs OK back Report Options Print Help l Clutch Specs A Clutch Torque Compare f Clutch 7 Clutch to Use Chuck n L Arm Cit 1 User Defined i Arm Cit 2 East amp West 7 Alum 30 gm arms 85 Base l Y Arm Clt3 User Spec Custom Crower 222 85 Base Y Clutch Clutch 2 Clutch 3 Static Force Number of Arms Counter Weight gms 000 00 a Sn00 00 8000 00 7o00 00 ano0 00 9000 00 HTE Ring Height inches Description of Condition 6150 6900 Englishtown Oct 11 1999 ij 6850 Custom Crower Arm 222 M Help Click on down arrow button to pick how many clutches to compare in this screen from 1 to 3 Your choice here will significantly change this screen p xx User Specified Conds Number of Arms RPM Producing Force 6000 2 Force Arms Only Force with Weigh
210. o is nearly automatic and consists of Engine Analyzer 2 51 1 Once you ve selected the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro as the program to Send the results to click on the OK Send Engine Analyzer 3 button in the Engine Analyzer s Send menu to leave the Engine Analyzer Engine Analyzer Pro 2 The Drag Racing Analyzer Pro will be automatically activated and run Other custom configuration 3 When the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro starts up the first time Program EXE Name aay you are given notice that a power curve is available and can be loaded from the Engine specs menu You will also Location path O notice some new commands on the Main Menu called Program icon Name Ee Engine Analyzer Clicking on these will return to control to the Engine Analyzer program which originally called the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro but will leave the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro also running ready for a new power curve 4 Important Once you load the power curve the old power curve is gone unless you saved the vehicle specs including power curve with the Save command or saved it as an Example by clicking on File then Save As at the top of the Engine specs menu 5 When you are ready to return to the Engine Analyzer simply click on one of the Engine Analyzer buttons at the Main Menu or in the Test Results screen or commands in the Menu bar You do not have to load the power curve You can jump between the Engine Analyzer and Dra
211. o the 2nd round as his opponent red lighted He ran a 63 reaction time and you have confidence you can easily beat him if you don t break out Therefore you put in a higher Safety margin of 030 seconds to help insure you don t break out When finished click on the Cle button by Dial In or the Update Prediction command The new predicted Dial In is 10 241 as shown in Figure 4 32 This is how you will proceed advancing the Predicted Run s weather and actual ET and 60 foot time to the Previous Run and coming up with new Dial Ins through the rounds Conclusions e The Drag Racing Analyzer Pro can make detailed ET predictions based on changes to weather conditions e The Dial In menu makes calculating Dial Ins for Bracket Racing convenient e The Safety Margin spec allows you to fine tune the predicted Dial In depending on your competition e Using 001 Sec Increments instead of 01 Sec Increments in the Preferences menu lets the program make ET and Dial In predictions in thousandths of a second 164 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 4 Examples Example 4 4 Predict Throttle Stop to Run Index Features Introduced and suggested background reading e Example 4 2 and 4 3 e Throttle Stop Section 2 10 e Track Weather Specs Section 2 7 2 This example is very similar to Example 4 3 except instead of predicting your ET you must change your throttle stop setting to run a specified ET Like a Dial In
212. of Calc Vol Ei a Peak HP is calculated from a simple equation relating only vehicle weight and finish MPH to available HP Note that these Engine RPM at HP Peak Power Curve specs may not give the same performance quarter mile or eighth mile MPH when coupled with your particular vehicle l Notes specifications This calculation will produce approximate power curve specs based on very simple inputs It always uses the Std Dyno Corr Factor The b Match Veh Performance option is a more exact the following assumptions way to build a power curve based on more e 85 mechanical efficiency at RPM at HP Peak vehicle amp performance specs If you select CID and Vol Eff the Peak HP value is calculated using e 35 thermal efficiency e Gasoline as the fuel with an energy content of 19 000 ize Caie Valie Hep BTU lb z Help e Dry air density of 0764 Ibs cu ft The other Power Curve specs are derived from Peak HP and RPM at HP Peak and an assumed shape of the torque curve based on the Cubic Inches The RPM at HP Peak input at the bottom of the menu is always loaded back into the Engine specs menu These calculations are based on power corrected to the standard aftermarket dyno correction factor of 29 92 mercury and 60 degrees dry air Therefore anytime you use values from this menu the Corr Factor in the Engine menu will be set to Std Dyno 29 92 and 60 deg Type of Calc Click on this combo b
213. of the manufacturer s specs 37 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions User Specified Conditions Obviously Performance Trends will not have pre programmed clutch arm specs for every possible clutch ever made or that will be made in the future For clutches where no pre programmed arm is available you can create your own User Spec clutch arm All that you need is to know what force the arm can generate at some RPM both with some counter weight and without any counter weight This information is entered in the 5 new input boxes which appear if you select User Defined as the style of Clutch Arm You can get this information from your clutch manufacturer Number of Arms At some known condition of force and RPM for these arms enter the Number of Arms which produced the known conditions RPM Producing Force At some known condition of force and RPM for these arms enter the RPM which produced the known force both with and without the Counter Weights Force Arms Only At some known condition of force and RPM for these arms enter the force produced in pounds at the RPM Producing Force with NO ADDED WEIGHTS Force with Weights At some known condition of force and RPM for these arms enter the force produced in pounds at the RPM Producing Force with ADDED COUNTER WEIGHTS Weight Added gms At some known condition of force and RPM for these arms enter the weight added to each arm in
214. ogram has several options for entering specs like picking example specs from preloaded lists or by calculating them using Calculation menus from other known information or measurements e You can make most any file from the Vehicle Library match your vehicle s specs following this procedure Then you can save all these specs under a new name in the library for use at any time in the future 159 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 4 Examples 160 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 4 Examples Example 4 3 Predict Bracket Racing Dial In Features Introduced and suggested background reading e Predicting detailed performance changes based on weather changes Section 2 7 e Dial In Prediction Menu Section 2 11 One place computers are widely used is in Bracket Racing where the racer must accurately predict their ET before the race This predicted ET is called the dial in and is used for setting starting handicaps Example 4 3 will demonstrate how to use the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro for determining your dial in Matching Your Vehicle s Performance The first step is to get the computer results to match your actual drag strip results For Example 4 3 we will use the 1971 Monte Carlo file which was developed in Example 4 2 This file is in the Vehicle Library under the name Example 4 2 so click on the Open button or Click on File and then Open and open this file For yo
215. on Only In the Team Engineer version you can import a file to graph with the Pro s simulated runs to compare simulation with actual data for improved accuracy and understanding This option is available under File at the main screen by clicking on Import Data Logger File See Figure 2 74 Actually this file can be any ASCII file with columns of data which recorded at various time intervals This version will not read data in rows If you click on Import Data Logger File you are presented with a standard Windows Browse or Open screen shown in Figure 2 74 Find the file you want to import click on it to highlight it and then click on Open The screen of Figure 2 75 is displayed Figure 2 74 Process to Import Data Logger Data A Drag Racing Analyzer Pro 2 0 TE Performa Open a File Tx File vehicle CalcET Preferences Help New vehicle CtileN E dp20 lt e acem Open vehicle eae ANALYS a Diphelp il XEngine Save vehicle Ctrl 5 Save As vehicle Ctra SE H Engine kj HG cent clutch HEAD amp ABOUT FRM Open from Floppy Drive amp Drive ChainRes E MASTER E ABOUT FRX Save to Floppy Drive A Drive COMBO E master dll a ABOUT LOG DIALIN E RClutch L FAGILESPIE TXT DRHISTRY TEXT ANLSRPRT FRM Drpexmp E THRTLSTP E ANLSRPAT fra Print DRFFiles Updt DRP E ANLZOPTN FRM Print Blank Worksheet Windows Printer Setup Unlock Program Transfer Program to Another Computer File name fac ILESPIE TST BERN Cla F
216. or the new name Use the Delete key to erase the name if you want a completely new name Click here to bring up standard Windows IF you want to save the Vehicle under a different Folder File Save screen to let you save a file in name click on the down arrow button and select one most any folder directory and disk drive Select the top choice of Add New Folder and you will be asked for a new Folder name to add to the list of and to most any file name Note that files Folders T 4 6L 2 valveE saved this way are not found in the standard Test Library To save a Vehicle File you will be presented with the Save Window as shown above The program suggests a new Vehicle name which is the same as the current Vehicle name shown at the top of the Main Screen If you want to save your changes to the same name simply click on OK This will update the current Vehicle file with your latest vehicle changes If you want to save the current set of Vehicle specs with your changes to a new name and leave the current Vehicle file in the Library unchanged then click on the suggested file name and modify it as you want For example in the window shown above you may want to add 2 to the current name CAMVEHICLE to create CAMVEHICLE2 to indicate this is the 2nd revision of CAMVEHICLE This is the safest way to make changes because you can always return to an earlier version and see what you had done Certain other types of file names are
217. ose the letter of the floppy disk drive on your computer usually A This is the disk drive which will be first opened when using the Save to Floppy Disk or Open from Floppy Disk File commands at the Main Screen Time Step for Calculations Select 01 for times like ET 60 foot time Dial In predictions etc to be given to the nearest hundredth of a second This will have calculations run about 5 times faster If you have a faster computer and or want better precision select 001 for times to be calculated to the nearest thousandth of a second Tests Kept in History Log Pick the number of tests which you want the History Log to hold from 25 to 100 Remind on Tire Wt Change Select this option and the program checks if you have made a significant weight change to the wheels or tires in the Wheels Tires menu If you have the program will ask if you want the same weight change to be made to the total vehicle weight For example if you are installing lighter wheels and tires on your street car you probably want the vehicle weight lightened by the amount the wheels and tires are lighter than the original ones However if you are running a class where your vehicle weight must remain at a certain level you can gain an advantage by reducing the weight of the wheels and tires reducing rotating inertia but then adding ballast to the car so the total weight stays the same This is a case where you do not want the vehicle weight changed by the amou
218. ost Calculation menus in that no calculations are performed but you are simply picking a Tire Growth from a list of descriptions The Traction Factors in this list are very general You will probably have to fine tune this spec based on your vehicle s actual 60 ft times The program can also determine Tire Growth with the Match Vehicle Performance command at the Main Menu 87 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Figure 2 51 Calculated Shift RPMs 2 8 18 Calculated Shift RPMs This Calculation menu is available by clicking on the Shift RPMs Clc button in the Driving Specs menu There are no The program would use these RPMs for shifting inputs to this menu You are simply telling the program to Current Calculated calculate what it would use for Shift RPMs As Figure 2 51 shows you can then choose to use load in these Calculated 8200 9550 Shift RPMs 9200 8230 Do you want to use these calculated shift RPMs 2 8 19 Calc Dew Point deg F Depending on your choice of Method of Recording Weather Data you will be entering either Dew Point or Relative Humidity in the Calculate Performance Conditions menu or in the Throttle Stop or Dial In menus These humidity inputs at all these menus have a Clc button This is the Calculation Menu you will get if you are using Dew Point Know Relative Humidity If you know the relative humidity of the air and the air temperature select Yes Otherwise
219. ou can type in a percentage you want the program to increase or decrease the power specs by Click on Resort Power Curve Table to put your power curve entries in correct RPM order See Figure 2 9 for an example This command is not shown unless you are entering a full power curve Figure 2 9 Screens to Edit the Power Curve er Calculate Edit Help What is the increase in HP you want to add from 0 Curs Calculate New Tq HP Specs to 40 AdHP If you are not sure of this feature then you may want to _Cancel_ Reduce HP click Cancel and save these engine settings so you can paims easily return to them before doing this Re Sort Power Curve Table Power Curve Before Re Sorting Power Curve After Re Sorting RPM Tq HP 21 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions 22 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions 2 2 B Engine Details The Engine Details describe the engine in more detail than allowed at the main Engine specs menu Figure 2 10 Engine Details Menu Click here to return to main Engine Specs menu w Engine Details OK back Print Help Hood Scoop Nitrous Oxide Hood Scoop being Used Yes Type Two 2 Stage 7 Hood Scoop Efficiency Progressive Delay Time Progressive Start Nitrous Engine Inertia Inertia to Use Use Inertia Entered Below x 5 Full Nit HP rogr Full Nitrous m e
220. ou get the full HP the system is rated for Second Stage HP Rating Is the HP rating of the 2nd nitrous stage The program assumes you get the full HP the system is rated for Third Stage HP Rating Is the HP rating of the 3rd nitrous stage The program assumes you get the full HP the system is rated for 27 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions 28 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions 2 3 Transmission This screen lets you describe the Transmission and whether you are using a clutch or torque converter between the engine and transmission Figure 2 11 Transmission Specs Menu Click here to return to the main screen and keep these specs Click here to pick sets of example clutch converter or transmission specs Click here to save current clutch converter or transmission specs as an example for use in the future Click here for printing options im Tvansmission Specs OK back GetExample SaveExample Print Help Click here or l Clutch Converter Transmission Type Torque Converter Use Specs Below Type Use Specs Below 3 v Clutch Type R acing Centrifugal increasing fc Efficiency 38 Good or LtDty Manual 7 Clutch 0 Diameter in Ratio Converter Clutch Force Ibs Gear 1 12 6 amal Clutch Disks Gear 2 No X Gear 3 No x Gear 4 Cony Tq Multiplication Ho hd Gear 5 No 7 Converter Slip Factor 5
221. ou will be given some introductory tips Figure 1 3 Main Menu EA Drag Racing Analyzer Pro 2 0 TE Performance Trends 96 Mustang GT BEE File vehicle Calc ET Preferences er Vehicle Specs Pereri Clutch User Defined Specs Transmission 5 speed user defined specs Weight 3350 Axle Ratio 3 08 Boy Anie Body Style User defined Rear Wheel Drive gt Front Wheel Tiref s User defined Wheels Tikes Rear Wheel Tire s 7 5 x 25 00 Street Radial Driving Launch Program will limit tire spin starting at 3000 RPM Shifts 0 secPower Shift at 5500 5500 5500 5500 RPM Calculate Performance Help Comments Move mouse over item for 1996 Ford Mustang GT 4 6L 2 valve EFI description to be given here Click on Help in menu line for more detailed info on options From this main menu you can e Choose to review or modify any of the categories of vehicle specifications displayed e Open or Save a file of complete vehicle specifications by clicking on the Open or Save buttons first 2 buttons on the left or the File menu item then either Open or Save e Add edit or review vehicle comments to describe the vehicle currently held in the program e Calculate vehicle performance from the options listed under Calculate Performance From here you can specify calculation options barometric pressure humidity track length etc e Change the Preferences options to somewhat customize the progra
222. ox to select from e Quarter Mile MPH e Eighth Mile MPH e CID and Vol Eff Depending on your choice certain inputs will now be enabled 73 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Vehicle Weight Ibs Is the vehicle s total weight including driver in pounds This is initially set to the Vehicle Weight in the Body amp Axle menu but can be changed to anything you want Quarter Mile MPH Eighth Mile MPH Is the vehicle s top speed in a standing start quarter mile or eighth mile acceleration Engine Cubic Inches Is the engine s size in Cubic Inches This is initially set to the Displacement in the Engine menu but can be changed to anything you want Vol Eff Is the engine s volumetric efficiency at the HP peak Volumetric efficiency means what is the amount of air which this engine pulls in one cycle compared to how much it could under ideal conditions Generally this is less than 100 but can be up to 130 for highly tuned race engines or up to 300 on supercharged or turbocharged engines Generally this is not the engine s peak volumetric efficiency which usually occurs at the torque peak but is close to it Click on the down arrow of this combo box to select from the following choices 115 Very Good Race Engine 120 Excellent Race Engine 125 Pro Stock Formula 1 90 Prod 5 PSI Boost 120 Strt Strp 10 PSI Boost 135 Strt Strp 15 PSI Boost 145 Strt Strp 20 PSI Boost 115
223. pti ing v A 5 Chek en Hump anilrotk Rating 0 No Bump Z Spetial Calculations more det O No Chain Calcs Auto Optimize M Help etelow Weh Response Time 075 quick 7 l Data To Report Type Standard Drag Race Results wtf Shifts star Calc Click on the Option to select either a Standard Run choose No or one of the Special options to perform several tuns at once Figure 4 14 Chain Calculations Screen Setup to Try 7 Axle Ratios Set up specs to do Final Drive Ratio starting at 2 and going to 5 in 5 ratio increments w Chain Calculations 7 combinztions Back cancel Do Chain Calculation Print Help Adjust These Specs Category pec to Adjust Currently Start At Ending Step Size tt Steps Click on down arrow button to pick the category of the specification you want the program to Optimize p 53 Figure 4 15 shows that lower higher numerical axle ratios do improve ET when the vehicle has enough traction to take advantage of the extra torque multiplication Figure 4 15 shows the best ETs of about 13 86 coming at 3 5 4 0 and 4 5 ratios 148 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 4 Examples Figure 4 15 Chain Calculation Results Click on Graph button for ChainGraph screen shown here Select ET and click on Make Graph for graph below ij Drag Racing Analyzes ro 2 0 TE Perfo
224. r WordPad Unlocking Program Options The Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Analyzer is equipped with copy protection This ensures the legitimate users do not have to cover the costs for unauthorized distribution of the program When you first receive the program it is in demo mode All features work in Demo mode In demo mode you can try either the Standard version or the Team Engineer version for ten days Sometime during those 10 days you must call Performance Trends to obtain an Unlocking Code This Unlocking Code will be for either the Standard version or the Team Engineer Version whichever you have purchased Before you call Performance Trends you should get your disk serial number stamped in blue on the disk your registered name and code number and computer hardware number The registered name and code numbers are available by clicking on file in the upper left hand corner of the Main Screen then clicking on Unlocking Program Options A screen will appear as shown in Figure 1 1 Figure 1 1 Menu to Unlock Program Options Performance Trends will provide you an FA Unlock Form unlocking code number Type in the unlocking Code to Extend Demo 239235212 code number and click on OK If you typed in Computer Hardware 842897 the number correctl ill iven a enumber correc y ISu W be ete Registered Name Joe Smith message that the program is permanently Cancel Registered Code 14666 unlocked to either the Basic or Pro mode The program
225. r is raised in inches New Total Front Rear Weight lbs The new weight on the front tires or rear tires if the front of the car is raised when the car has been raised 2 8 12 Calc Frontal Area This calculation is available from the Body amp Axle Specs menu and allows you to estimate a vehicle s frontal area Track Width inches Figure 2 45 Calc Frontal Area Is the distance from the center of one front tire to the center of the other front tire This value is initially set to the Rear Track Width in Calc Frontal Area sq ft the Body and Axle specs menu but can be changed to most anything PREF ASR Sn Te 19 79 you want s Vehicle Dimensions Track Width inches Roof Heig ht inches Roof Height inches The distance in inches from the ground to highest portion of the roof Note or vehicle in inches which extends nearly the full width of the vehicle This calculation is only an approximation of Frontal Area based on 2 easily obtained For example for a truck with a roll bar behind the cab measure to the measurements For most situations MPH less than 150 Frontal Area will not have a large effect on performance and this approximation is top of the roll bar but not to the top of one of the spot lights mounted on the bar However if so many lights are mounted on the bar that they are nearly continuous for the full width of the vehicle it may be more accurate to then measure to the top of the spot
226. r more History info Click here to return to the Main Menu Click here to view and or edit the Vehicle Comments 114 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 3 Output 3 1 Analysis Reports When calculated test results are displayed on the screen you can obtain an Analysis Report by clicking on Analyze in the menu bar The Analysis report consists of 1 3 pages of suggestions for improving performance safety warnings etc concerning the performance results calculated See Figure 3 3 and 3 4 for examples Figure 3 3 First Portion of Analysis Report Drag Racing Analyzer v3 0 Performance Trends GT5 0L Back Graph Print nalyze History Help F1 Notes Summary High Clutch Slip Tire Current ET 1457 MPH 949 Traction Low Click on Notes for more Last 30 69 48 4 Analysis Report Analysis Report Wt HP Ratio 15 24 corrected for weather at track Comparison of this vehicle s performance to a typical race vehicle This Veh Typ Veh Advantage 60 foot sec 2 30 1 79 51 sec 660 foot 1 8 mile 9 45 8 53 92 sec 1320 foot 1 4 mile 14 57 13 34 1 23 sec 1320 foot MPH 94 93 97 57 2 64 MPH Advantage of This Vehicle over the Typical Vehicle Your vehicle s 1 4 mile MPH is 94 9 MPH where a Typical vehicle would run 97 6 MPH gt5 0l Mon Apr 1398 9 57 pm 1320 294 618 25 04 94 93 4 43 69 mach1 Fri Apr 10 98 10 48 am 1320 1789 2138 255 02 14 53 14 99 36 1 70 Click on Test Title 1st column
227. r the Weather conditions now Know Dew Point Click on the Calculate Performance button Before entering weather conditions select the appropriate Method of Reading Weather Data Weather Inputs Outside Air Temp deg F Dew Point deg F You use your own barometer instrument which reads actual not corrected Dry Bulb Temp deg F barometer and have a wet and dry bulb psychrometer for humidity Click on the Method of Reading Weather Data and select Uncorr Baro and Rel Wet Bulb Temp deg F Hum There is no Wet and Dry Bulb Humidity option Uncorr Baro and Dew Point would have been equally valid You will have to calculate Rel Al e Calc Help Cancel Print Humidity from Wet and Dry bulb measurements by clicking on the Rel Humidity s Clc button Notice that Elevation becomes disabled since you 153 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 4 Examples barometar mneasuras tie Figure 4 19 Calculate Performance Conditions actual air pressure and an elevation correction is w Calculate Performance Conditions x not needed OK back Calculate Performance ET Print Special Timer Help l Track Weather Rollout Distance inches Enter your barometer Method of Reading Weather Data Method 70 Typical Medium Stage 7 reading of 29 46 and the dry bulb reading of 83 for Uncor Baro with Rel Hum Air Temp For Rel z if you choose one of the Humidity click on the Obs ees H
228. re to restore auto scaling That is where the computer picks the scale to show all the graph in good detail yam100 0003 1 Corr Tq Corr HP You can use the mouse to yam 950 1 outline an area to be zoomed aE in on Simply click on the mouse key in the upper left corner of the area then hold the key down and drag the mouse to the lower right corner lof the desired area A box will be drawn as shown When you This feature is disabled if the cursor is turned on Also start the upper left corner well away program may turn on the 0 i rsor inst e 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 14000 16000 RPM cursor instead Figure 3 16 Menu to Specify Graph Axes Scales This menu can be obtained 2 ways You can click on View in the menu bar then Specify Scales axes or click on the Set Scales button the right most button on the graph screen Depending on the type of graph data you currently orking with one of these 2 sections will be enabled The current scale limits are Graph Scales loaded when this menu opens Change any or all these to most Time seconds Graphs Distane eet Graphs any value you want 14 Max Feet Min Time io Click on OK to have the graph Max Y Data m5000 Max Y Data 40 957 redrawn to these new scale limits Max Time Min Y Data i Min Y Data 40 957 Click the Turn Autoscaling Off AutoScaling O ompt picks scales option to turn
229. reen of Figure 4 26 komiti Click on the Match Veh Perf button at the top to display the menu similar to Know Another RPM TE Figure 4 27 Enter in your actual performance including the engine RPM as you Finish Driveshaft RPM go through the traps at the end of the quarter mile of 7500 RPM It should look Help like Figure 4 27 Then click on the OK adjust veh specs to match performance An ara bolton a ee ENa eter button the Driveshaft RPM or Axle RPM going through the traps at the finish from a Data Logger p 76 The program makes several passes adjusting critical specs between each pass Hel C I Clear Entri fine tuning the specs to find a combination which best matches your actual He Conce n vehicle s performance After 20 30 passes it arrives at the combination shown OK adjust veh specs to match performance in Figure 4 28 At the top of this menu you see how close these new specs will make the performance match In the lower section you see the Figure 4 28 Results of Match Veh Perf Old specs and the new ones arrived at which you can either i i Modificati Required to Match Perf Keep or discard and return to the old specs You see that the only New spec which is much different than the old specs in Performance from New Specs Engine Pk HP which has increased from 620 to 704 HP Cony Stall 60 ft MPH RPM Gr Specified i Vehicle Perf Click on the Keep These New Specs button to ke
230. rgin to allow 01 seconds of insurance to prevent breaking out See Figure 4 36 Figure 4 36 Throttle Stop Menu Click on File and then New to blank out all entries w Throttle Stop Prediction File Exit File Edit Advance Update Prediction Help Previous Run Predicted Run Run 1 Run 2 ae ia Pa lled VEEE ml ns Say Calm No Wine 7 es A ET wee a Note For good accuracy Throttly Stops for Run 1 and Run 2 must produce ETs that are at lea t 3 seconds different Barometer Hg Barometer Hg Air Temp deg F Rel Hum Altimeter feet Wind MPH Wind Direction x a ae lled Altimeter feet ETIES waan OOOO Wind Direction CalmMo Wine Air Temp deg F Rel Hum Throttle Stop Estimate Change 60 60 ft sec Let Program stimate 6C Pe ae 0 L led Safet Margin sec Throttle Stop General Specs and Comments Index see T S Start Time Method of Reading Weather Data Altimeter with Rel Hum bi Help The approximate time trom the release of the trans brake or clutch pedal until the brettl stop comes on This gives the program a general idea if the throttle stop throttle stop first comes On comes on early or late in the run p 81 Load In 2 Practice Runs Recommended Steps for Recording Previous Runs Previous Run 1 The first run can be made with a very s
231. rmance Conditions Ed OK back Calculate Performance ET Print Special Timer Help Track Weather Rollout Distance inches Me od of Reading Weather Data Method Estimate from specs car rolls through lights Y Radio T Report with Dew Pt Staging Depth in Tire Stagger in Air Temperature deg F fi 00 s Dew Point deg F Weh Response Time 075 quick gt Elevation feet C Wind Specs MPH Direction Calm No Wind 7 Condition StartingAt EndingAt Step Size Track Specs MPH gt MPH Track Length ft 1320 Quarter Mie gt Mme 2 Concrete Pad Len ft MPH 10 20 30 200 Time 2 3 4 ois en Track Rating 2 Very Slight Bu C Special Calculations calculations Bump Distance ft No Chain Calcs Auto Optimize lat once Corr Barometer Hg Data To Report Type Std Results 2 Additional Conditions i Help Click on NowN arrow button to pick the severity of a bump on the track which may cause traction problems for some high powehed Kars Choose None for no bump p53 Concrete Pad Length and Bump specs let you describe the track in more detail 59 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions If you click on Calculate Performance you will first be presented with a menu of conditions which describe how you will run this vehicle and what data will be recorded T
232. rmance Trends 96 Mustang GT Chain Graph Back Graph Pre File Help F1 Chait biah Space cons ie Chain Data ET sec MPH Make Graph Help Cancel Paint Final Drive Ratio 700 i 14 073 1320 00 2 081 3 13 880 1320 00 1 995 3 5 13 859 1320 00 1 982 4 13 863 1320 00 1 996 45 13 860 20 00 1 990 5 13 932 1320 08 2 006 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro 2 0 96 Mustang GT Back File Format View GraphType Help PRs ES ID OO ae rive ET sec vs Final Drive Ratio chain results ET sec 001 seconds slower a ae a aN aN ada 5 00 Final Drive Ratio You can click on the Graph Button to produce a graph of the ETs for these different Axle Ratios The graph shows the results more clearly that there is almost no difference between the ETs for 3 5 to 4 5 when compared to the other results Another thing which should be very obvious is it was much easier to have the program do all the changes and keep track and label all the results When you become more experienced the Chain Calculation will be a great time saver 149 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 4 Examples Conclusions e The Drag Racing Analyzer Pro allows you to easily maneuver between screens and menus with the click on a mouse e The program has several useful features like 001 Sec Increments time for improved accuracy the Performance Summary and History Log to track you changes and the Notes and Graphs to underst
233. rom inside the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Analyzer program Open the file you want to copy so it is the current test file Then click on File at the top of the Main Screen then select Copy to Floppy Disk More experienced computer users may want to use the Backup features built into Windows 95 and 98 click on Start Programs Accessories System Tools Backup This compresses test files so it takes fewer floppy disks However you need to use the Backup program to restore test files which can be more confusing to novice computer users Restoring Data Be very careful when restoring data as you may overwrite Test Files with old erroneous information Read all the information below before restoring data If you are not familiar with Windows Explorer have someone more experienced help you The ONLY reason to restore data is if you have lost test files This could be because you mistakenly erased it you had a major computer failure or you are moving the program to another computer Do NOT restore data unless you have one of these problems as you could possible create many more problems than you are trying to fix 179 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Appendices When restoring test files and folders you pretty much reverse the procedure for backing up First you put your backed up floppy disk in the floppy drive Then open Windows Explorer find the Floppy drive icon and click on it to display its contents
234. run of the co 4 clu PEERRELEGEEE 4 4 wo 4 PEEEEELEELE alul wo 4 E 7 10 current test file 14 12 ine 4 Line 8 2 li 14 i ine 44 13 E lneS 3 gt line 21 gt i g ine 45 4 Line10 4 x lLine22 3 ine 34 2 ine 46 1 gt Set Graph Linel1 5 gt line23 4 gt lLine35 3 ine 47 2 gt Colors Line 12 ine 48 X Line 24 5 x ine 36 Click on the Set OK Cancel Help Load Default Colors Graph Colors button to open a screen for setting the colors of the graph lines See Figure 2 5 ww 4 15 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Restart Showing Help Tips Click on the Restart Showing Help Tips button to start showing the Help Tips which appear in the program These Tips usually appear only once each time you run the program unless you click on the Don t Show This Again box in the lower left corner of the tip See Figure 2 6 16 Figure 2 6 Typical Help Tip Tip The Arrow buttons like the one you just clicked on let you Shift or Zoom the graph left right up or down If you want to Zoom or Shift at a faster rate hold down the shift key while clicking on these buttons C Don t show this again l i Help C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions 2 2 Engine The Engine specs describe the engine s size in cubic inches its torque and HP and
235. s 4 The third step is repeated for each transmission gear until the vehicle finishes the run However if you selected to Maintain Launch RPM Engine RPM maintained at or above Launch RPM only in Ist gear 5 The third step is repeated for each transmission gear until the vehicle finishes the run Notes The Launch Time starts the moment the clutch is released not when the ET clock starts For example if you specify Launch Time of 1 second and the rollout required 2 seconds and Vehicle Response is 1 seconds the Launch Time will be over at 7 seconds on the ET timer See Rollout specs in Section 2 7 1 55 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Clutch Launch Type Use Specs Below 1 4 The engine is held at the Launch RPM At the start the clutch is engaged as hard as specified by the Launch Clutch and the throttle is opened as specified by the Launch Throttle The Throttle and Clutch are gradually increased from the starting percents so they are at 100 at the end of the Launch Time When the engine and clutch RPM both reach the 1 2 Shift RPM the clutch is disengaged the throttle is opened as specified by the Shift Throttle the Figure 2 23 Clutch Launch Type Use Specs Below Ramp not Step Type Drag Racing Analyzer v3 0 Performance Trends Back Print Options Graph Data Types HeiptrF 1 Drag Racing Analyzer v3 0 Throttle c
236. s Estimated Traction Factor This Calculation menu is available by clicking on the Traction Factor Cle button in the Wheel Tire menu Click on the combo Pick Track amp Suspension Description box to be presented with the following choices e 110 Best Possible Suspension Setup amp Track 80 Tire on Good Asphalt You can use the Match Vehicle Perf option to have the computer adjust this spec to match your 60 ft times e 100 Best Drag Strip with Traction Compound e 95 Good Drag Strip with Traction Compound Select Were cece TE f elect a general description of your track You 20 Tire on Good Concrete will likely have to fine tune your choice to get e 85 Tire on Average Concrete your actual 60 ft times to match the computers e e 75 Tire on Average Asphalt This menu is different than other Calculation menus in that there is no calculation performed but you are simply picking a Traction Factor from a list of descriptions The Traction Factors in this list are very general You will probably have to fine tune this spec based on your vehicle s actual 60 ft times The program can also determine Traction Factor with the Match Vehicle Performance command at the Main Menu 2 8 17 Estimated Tire Growth This Calculation menu is available by clicking on the Traction Factor Clc button in the Wheel Tire menu Click on the combo box to be presented with descriptive choices for drag slicks This menu is different than m
237. s Explorer screen usually on the C drive Click on the sign to the left of it to display the contents of the PERFTRNS PTI folder You should now see the DRP20 folder Click on the sign to the left of it to display the contents of the DRP20 folder You should now see the DRPFILES folder Right click on the yellow DRPFILES folder icon to display the menu of options Click on the Copy command to copy this entire folder all test files in the standard Vehicle Library 177 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Appendices Figure A3 2 Copying Files with Windows 95 98 Me or NT Windows Explorer Find the DRP20 folder under the PERFTRNS PTI folder usually on the C drive Click on the box to the left of a folder to show its contents folders JOf x File Edit View Favorites Lools Help Click and drag Back gt earch RY Folders E History PS eK A Ea the slide bar button to move Address 2 drp20 so up and down Folders x Name 7 e Type the list of I perftrn pti a Glanatys File Folder folders H E Mink 3 calc File Folder E clogbook com File Folder The contents of Es comprato ALIN File Folder the open 4 dp 20 DRHISTRY Fi g clicked on LQ ANALYS E Dipexmp File Folder fold th calc DFFFiles File Folder pee On tne comeo Gia Diphelp File Folder left is shown DIALIN Engine File Folder here including DRHISTRY E TEXT File Folder both folders E Dipexmp L
238. s about 500 RPM less than the RPM you shift at or go through the traps at So you decide to adjust that up to 5500 RPM You see Peak HP stay the same but Peak Torque and Peak Torque RPM updated to new more accurate readings If you click on Cancel you will return to the Engine Specs menu with the Power Curve specs unchanged If you click on Use Calc Value you will be returned to the Engine Specs menu with the Calculated Peak HP Peak Torque Peak HP RPM and Peak Torque RPM filled in 2 8 1 Calc Displacement This calculation is available from the Engine specs menu and lets you estimate a set of engine Power Curve specs Initiate this calculation by entering a Clc button for any engine Power Curve spec or the Calculate button if you are using a Full Power Curve for this menu This menu is available by clicking on the Displacement Clc button in the Engine Specs menu When enough inputs have been entered it shows Displacement in Cubic Inches which can be transferred back to the Engine Specs menu by clicking on Use Calc Value Cubic Centimeters and Liters Calc Based On Figure 2 32 Calc Engine Displacement Click on this combo box to select from Calc Displacement e Bore and Stroke e CCs Displacement cu in e Liters Displacement CCs 992 6 Depending on your choice certain inputs will now be enabled Displacement Liters Engine Specs Bore inches Calc Based On Bore and Stroke 7 Bore in Is the Bore for this
239. s follows Table 4 2 1971 Monte Carlo Running 10 12 133 1 MPH Critical Specs Measured Known Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Input Value Weight w driver 3200 Vehicle Weight Ibs in Body amp Axle Specs menu Rear axle wt w driver 1400 Wt on Rear Tires in Body amp Axle Specs menu Wheelbase Wheelbase in Body amp Axle Specs menu C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 4 Examples 7400 1 2 Shift RPM in Driving Specs menu 2nd shift RPM 7400 2 3 Shift RPM in Driving Specs menu Rear Tires 32 x 14 slicks Drag Slicks Rear Tire Construction Type Drag Slicks in Wheels Tires menu Rear Tires 32 x 14 slicks 3 Rear Tire Diameter in Wheels Tires menu Rear Tires 32 x 14 slicks 14 Rear Tire Tread Width in Wheels Tires menu Rear Tires traction f Rear Tire Traction Factor in Wheels Tires menu Track Conditions Le Weather Instruments Radio Weather Report Method of Recording Weather Data Radio TV Weather Report with Dew Point 10 12 pt 1 48 pe 133 1 pt 7200 Lo 4500 ee Barometric Pressure 29 46 Baro Pressure Hg in Calculate Performance Conditions menu Air Temp dry bulb 83 Air Temperature in Calculate Performance Conditions menu Wet Bulb Temp 73 Dew Point deg F in Calculate Performance Conditions menu Track Elevation Elevation ft in Calculate Performance Conditions menu Wind Speed Head Wind MPH in Calculate Performance Conditions menu Headwind 5 Head Wind Direction Headwind in Calculate P
240. s must be the vehicle rom 1 run to another these Dial In Specs are update the prediction etc IA Drag Racing Analyzer Pro v2 0 TE Performance Trends Super Gas Grand Am File vehicle Calc ET Preference A rr ES Calc Re inPrediction l Prediction File DIALIN Exit File Edit Advance Update Prediction Help r Vehicle Specs Previous Run Predicted Run Engine Cor Baro Hg i Corr Baro Hg Air Temp deg F Air Temp deg F Transmissio AE Rel Hum X Elevation feet Elevation feet 670 Wind MPH hind MPH Wheels amp Ti Wind Direction Head Wind Wind Direction Calm No wine Estimate Change in 60 60 ft sec Driving Enta aa 60 foot sec Let Program Estimate 6C 7 zz ET sec Body amp Axl Safety Margin sec Dial In Sec 9 791 Help Move mouse over item Method of Reading Weather Data Help description to be given Radio TV Report withRelHum x Barometer reading in inches of mercury Click on Help in menu Radio TV Report with Rel Hum CORRECTED to sea level fof elevation p more detailed info on o 5 50 Example of Dial h inputs a he a Comments you can enter to describe data These are The Dial In the program useful reminders when you recommends the ET the open a saved Dial In File program expects you to run Type of weather instruments Safety Margin is subtracted from predicted ET to help you are using ensure you do not brea
241. s shown in Figure 2 71 Then the Auto Optimize button to bring up the screen shown in Figure 2 72 At the Auto Optimize screen choose the to 10 Categories and specs for those categories doing the Auto Optimize calculation The Current value in the program is displayed You can then enter a Start At value and Ending value and a step size value For example in Figure 2 72 the Body amp Axle spec of Figure 2 72 Screen Auto Optimize 450 combinations Do Auto Optimize Print Back cancel Help Figure 2 71 Calculate Performance Conditions OK back Calculate Performance ET Print Track Weather M ethod of Reading Weather Data Radio TV Report with Dew Pt x 30 Corr Barometer Hg Air Temperature deg F Dew Point deg F Elevation feet Wind Specs Ej MPH fo Direction CalmNo Wind x Track Specs Track Length ft fizz0 Quarter Mile x Concrete Pad Len ft Bump on Track Rating 0 No Bump 7 Special Timer Help Rollout Distance inches Method 10 Typical Medium Stage z Meh Response Time 075 quick 7 Data To Report Type Standard Drag Race Results with Shifts star 7 l Special Calculations ONo Chain Calcs G Auto Optimize runs at once Click on the Option to select either a Standard Run choose No or one of the Special opfons to perform several Click here to enabled Auto Optimize button Then c
242. s sometimes called ried play 126 3 5366 a trap speed or speed through the traps Finish Engine RPM Specs Which Have Been Changed Spec Name Old The engine s RPM at the end of the run or at the same time when Finish MPH is recorded If you ngine Pk HP are not sure of this RPM or you do not want the ng Pk HP RPM Tire Diameter adjusted leave this spec blank or set Clutch Specs stent it to zero ire Construction Type ire Traction Factor Finish Trans Gear Tire Growth The transmission gear at the end of the run or at Return to Old Specs the same time when Finish MPH is recorded More details Know Another RPM Choose either Axle or Driveshaft to be able to enter a finish RPM for either of these 2 components Then the Axle RPM or Driveshaft RPM data can be entered below This data is most accurate if measured from a data logger If you do not have a data logger choose None to not have the Match Vehicle Performance calculation consider this additional information Axle RPM Driveshaft RPM Enter the appropriate information for either of these RPMs as the car finishes the run This data is most accurate if measured from a data logger 92 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions 2 10 Throttle Stop Prediction A throttle stop is a throttle activator which closes the throttle a certain amount for a programmed amount of time a programmed amount of time af
243. screen include e Notice that the Notes Summary is pointing out a couple of things Clutch Slip High and Low Tire Traction If you click on the Notes button you obtain the screen shown in Figure 4 4 These notes can be useful for understanding your performance however for now you are going to stick with the street tires which are probably limiting performance e To obtain a graph of these results click on the Graph button or Graph menu item The program will present a menu like Figure 4 5 Since the Notes pointed out high clutch slip you might want to try to graph Clutch and Engine RPM as the Data Types as shown Then click on Make Graph to produce a graph similar to that shown in Figure 4 6 e Much of the reason there is so much clutch slip in first gear is the Launch Type in the Driving Specs menu is set to Computer Driven Launch The computer is going full throttle on the engine and feathering the clutch to prevent these street tires from breaking loose This provides for nearly the best launch with these tires but produces a lot of clutch slip and clutch wear in the real car Changing the Rear Axle Ratio Now for the good part lets change the gear ratio and see what happens Get back to the Main Menu by clicking on Back in the menu bar or pressing lt ESC gt at the graph screen Figure 4 5 then clicking on Back or pressing lt ESC gt again at the tabular Test Results screen Figure 4 3 Click on Body amp Figure 4 7 Body
244. select No to input Wet and Dry bulb temperatures from a psychrometer Depending on your choice the appropriate inputs are enabled Outside Air Temp deg F Is the outside air temperature when the relative humidity measurement Figure 2 52 Calc Dew Point was made For example if the weather service or weather report gives Calc Dew Point deg F a relative humidity of 56 and a temperature of 68 degrees use 68 degrees Calc Dew Point Weather Inputs Know Relative Humidity Outside Rel Humidity an Outside Air Temp deg F Is the air s relative humidity as reported by a weather service or Outside Rel Humidity measured by humidity instruments Dig Hui Temp deg E Wet Huth Tem dea i Dry Bulb Temp deg F Use Cale Value Is the temperature of the dry bulb thermometer on the psychrometer in degrees F This is also the temperature of any thermometer mounted in the shade when the Wet Bulb Temp reading is taken The Dry Bulb Temp must not be less than the Wet Bulb Temp 88 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Wet Bulb Temp deg F Is the temperature of the wet bulb thermometer on the psychrometer in degrees F The wet bulb has a wick or cloth covering the bulb which is moistened with water The dryer the air the greater the difference between the wet and dry bulb readings Relative humidity or dew point can be manually read off a Psychometric chart from
245. sion specs to the TH400 s Click on this screen s Load these Example Specs button Then you will see a general description of the example transmission specs and then you will be returned to the Transmission Specs menu with the TH400 s specs loaded in The Transmission Specs menu will now look like Figure 4 21 Body amp Axle Click on Body amp Axle at the Main Menu to open this menu You ll see 3200 Ibs already entered from when we used 3200 Ibs to calculate the HP based on quarter mile MPH For Axle specs enter the Monte s 4 56 and leave the Diff Lock Eff at 100 Spool You are not sure of a choice for Axle Design so leave it as it was for the Firebird You run a 6 degree pinion angle and 2 Figure 4 22 Answer Yes to Allow Your degree transmission yoke angle which averages out to 4 degrees 6 Changes to the Typical Body Example 2 8 divided by 2 4 However you believe that during the Change these Example Specs run this straightens out to about 4 degrees on pinion and 2 degrees i on the transmission or an average of 3 degrees during the run so Changing this value means these specs no longer match choose 3 degrees for U Joint Angles Es Badr TOET Ene For Body Details click on Type and select Pick Example Body Change this spec anyway Details There are no Monte Carlos in the list so select the closest match of Typical 60s 70s Intermediate This will load several Yes specs but you will fine tune some to
246. some which may not be familiar to you However the first three columns do look familiar Gear Time and MPH C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 1 Introduction Figure 1 5 Calculated Results with ET amp MPH ij Drag Racing Analyzer Pro 2 0 TE Performance Trends 96 Mustang GT Back Graph Print Analyze History File Help F1 n Notes Summary Very High Clutch Current ET 14 21 MP Cmnts Notes Slip Tire Traction Very Low Click Last 14 21 on Notes for more Details mprovement 00 Gom Time _ MPH_ Accel Gs Feet__JC RPM _lEngRPM Tq Mut C Sip__ Eng HP ye Fint _ 27 3000 1 00 161 43 00 i i 3846 1 00 199 43 2 34 60 4503 5373 1 00 208 43 2 94 91 5500 5500 1 00 208 96 2 94 i f 91 3169 5500 1 00 205 76 6 08 4 330 5111 5111 1 00 213 100 6 99 418 5500 5500 1 00 206 100 6 99 i 418 3674 5500 1 00 205 100 9 20 2 660 4288 4288 1 00 213 11 91 I 1000 4867 4 215 100 14 21 8 R 1320 265 5265 1 00 210 100 D m 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 wm Test History Close History Log Clear erase History Print Options Help 96 mustang gt Tue Sep 401 10 38 1320 1693 1941 2 34 00 14 21 00 96 mustang gt Thu Aug 23 01 2 38 1320 1693 1941 2 34 14 21 Click on Test Title 1st Column to Open that test Click and slide button on right for more History info If you look at the last row you see a Time of 14 21 and a MPH of 98 2 or the car ran a 14 21 ET at 98 2 MPH If you look in the
247. t 4 way to build a power curve based on more Most all the input specs are disabled dimmed to gray and they do not respond vehicle amp performance specs to inputs except Type of Calc Click on this combo box and select Quarter Mile MPH because you know this but you do not know Eighth Mile MPH or you would have to estimate Vol Eff Now several specs are enabled They are Use Calc Value Help Print 152 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 4 Examples loaded with values f F re taketi tram the Super Figure 4 17 Engine Specs with Modifications Stock Firebird V6 ia Engine Specs Untitled x OK back File Engine Details Load from Engine Analyzer Calculate Edit Help For inputs to this l Base Engine Specs Full Power Curve a change Vehicle Method of Describing Power Curve Weight from 2300 for the Super Stock Specified Peak HP Only 7 Firebird V6 to the Monte s 3200 Ibs Displacement cu in Eriter ee Peak T ft Aib g features select Specified Full Curve ie ea orque ft s 1370 eatures select Specified Full Curve from Quarter Mile MPH the Method of Describing Power Curve list Assume your RPM at RPM Peak Torque 6000 upper left corner of this screen HP Peak occurs a few Peak Horsepower hundred RPM before your shift points for ieli HP 6900 example 6900 RPM Corr Factor Std Dyno 23 92 60 de Change the V 6 s 7800 Comani RPM to your est
248. t Weight Added gms o milf NI al a S R Ren POG EE Save Calculations are most accurate iNRing Height matches base height specified for the partcular arm Clutch using clutch arm specs previously manufacturer saved by the user most specs disabled recommends Clutch using clutch arm specs provided by Performance Trends User Specified Conds specs not visible Clutch where the user has clutch information from the manufacturer so they can describe the action of the clutch arms In this case manufacturer says 3 arms without counterweights produces 200 Ibs at 6000 RPM Add 5 grams to leach arm and you get 300 Ibs 100 Ibs more at 6000 RPM 35 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions You can also build compare and switch between 3 different proposed setups Click on Compare to choose from 1 3 clutches to build and compare on this screen Click on Clutch to Use to pick which of the 3 clutches to use or choose None for none of these 3 in the Transmission specs This will then be the clutch used for the next performance simulation The process of building a clutch consists of 1 First pick a Style of Clutch Arm marked Arm Clt You can pick one of the pre programmed examples or build your own arm style by selecting User Defined as the style 2 You can type in most any Static Force or click on the Calc button and calculate a Static Force fro
249. t since you are starting a new sequence of runs at a new race click on File and then New This will blank out all the entries 161 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 4 Examples Next obtain current weather conditions for the drag strip For this example we are using a commercial Weather Station package e A barometer instrument which reads our actual observed barometric pressure from 28 to 32 Hg e A dial thermometer for air temperature e A dial hygrometer which reads out in Relative Humidity e Wind speed and direction you obtain from a hand held wind speed meter and compass The Method of Reading Weather Data of Uncorr Baro and Rel Hum exactly matches your instrument package so select it Load In a Practice Run You make your first practice run recording 10 150 at 134 2 with a 1 521 60 foot time The weather for this run was 28 56 Hg 74 degrees 72 relative humidity 14 MPH tail wind helping push the car down the track Enter this data into the Dial In menu for the Previous Run as shown in Figure 4 32 You are now ready to start predicting future runs Predict Dial In For your first round you measure the weather as e 28 79 Hg e 8 degrees e 66 relative humidity e 7 MPH tail wind helping push the car down the track The weather specs for both the Practice Previous run and the Predicted run are shown in Figure 4 32 A very useful input is
250. t RPMs recommended to make program easier to use or have the program Use Specs Below If you select Use Specs Below the Shift RPMs appropriate for the of gears in the transmission become enabled 1 2 Shift RPM 2 3 Shift RPM 5 6 Shift RPM These are the RPMs at which the shifts take place For example the 1 2 Shift RPM specifies the engine RPM in first gear when the 1 2 shift starts Note Ifthe clutch is slipping when a shift RPM is reached the computer will wait until both the engine and the clutch have reached the Shift RPM Therefore occasionally the engine RPM in the results will be higher than the RPM specified for the shift Because these specs have a Clc button you can have the program calculate optimum shift RPMs and fill them in into these specs See Section 2 8 18 1 2 Shift Time sec 2 3 Shift Time sec 5 6 Shift Time sec If you selected Set Time for Each Gear for the Shift Time at the top of this section these inputs become enabled so you can specify a different shift time for each gear For example a 2 3 shift on a production 4 speed is usually slower than the 1 2 or 3 4 shift 1 2 Start Time sec 2 3 Start Time sec 5 6 Start Time sec In the Team Engineer version you have an option in Shift Strategy for Time Then these 5 specs become visible and enabled These times are the time from release of the trans brake or clutch to when the appropriate shift starts Driving Specs Summary To summariz
251. t beams These differences may have some effect on the Rollout time but should have nearly no effect on ET See Rollout in Section 2 7 1 If you have selected 001 second increments in the Preferences menu at the Main Menu ET will be reported in thousandths of a second MPH Final Velocity in Miles per Hour Is the vehicle s velocity at the end of the run in miles per hour If you have selected 1320 Quarter Mile as the Track Length the MPH will be the average velocity for the last 66 ft of the run This MPH simulates standard drag strip MPH which is based on the time it takes the vehicle to break a light beam 66 ft before the finish line and the finish light beam at 1320 ft You will notice that this MPH is somewhat less than the MPH reported at 1320 ft in the tabular results For any other distance MPH is the vehicle s speed exactly as it crosses the finish line 60 Ft time Timer special timer for Team Engineer version only Is the 60 ft time or time for the Special Timer condition if you have set this in the Team Engineer version Improvement Improvement is simply the difference between the Current Run and the Last Run for which performance was calculated If the improvement is a positive value e The Current Run s 60 ft time was quicker shorter than the Last Run s e The Current Run s ET was quicker shorter than the Last Run s e The Current Run s MPH was faster greater than the Last Run s e The Current Run s Special
252. t more than once and average the C G height results This procedure can be dangerous if not done with care and using good equipment Take the proper precautions especially if you raise the car significantly Wheelbase in Figure 2 44 Calc Height of C G Wheelbase of the car in inches from front wheel hub to rear wheel hub Calc C G Height in Calc C G Height in Level Vehicle Measurements The total weight of the vehicle ideally with simulating the driver Wheelbase weight and all fluid levels at race conditions Total Vehicle Weight Ibs 2350 Total Front Weight Ibs 1152 Raised Vehicle Measurements Total Vehicle Weight Ibs Total Front Rear Weight Ibs The weight on the front tires or rear tires if the front of the car is raised on level ground in pounds before the car is raised Raise Front or Rear Rear 7 Front Tire Radius in Raise Front or Rear Distanca Haiei in New Total Front Weight Ibs Choose which end of the car is raised for this test usually the rear Note See diagram and procedure in Section 2 7 4 in manual page 76 Front Rear Tire Radius in The radius of the front tire or rear tire if the front of the car is raised Use Calc Value Help Cancel Print 82 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Distance Raised in The distance the one end of the ca
253. ta 60 88 89 95 99 Metric Tire Size 86 Motorcycle 40 41 43 44 47 48 MPH 1 8 9 24 32 62 65 68 69 73 74 75 84 85 92 94 98 105 106 110 120 136 Number of Arms 36 37 38 Open 7 14 32 44 94 98 111 131 132 134 Optimum 44 54 105 Outside Air Temp 88 89 Peak Horsepower 18 19 71 72 73 Peak HP Only 18 Peak Torque 18 19 71 72 73 Peak Torque and HP Only 18 PERFTRNS PTI 133 Pick An Example 101 102 Preferences 6 7 13 14 68 69 94 98 135 Print 1 9 15 20 110 113 123 126 129 130 137 Program Title Comments 13 Progressive Nitrous System 26 Quarter Mile MPH 74 Radius 48 49 86 87 120 Ramp 53 56 Rating Type Tire 86 Rear Axle Ratio 40 71 80 107 110 Rear Track Width 42 83 Registered Owner 3 4 Relative Humidity 60 61 88 89 95 99 Remind on Tire Wt Change 14 Request Report Comment 130 Ring Height 36 37 Rolling Radius 48 86 87 Rollout 25 26 27 56 58 64 68 69 Roof Height 83 RPM at Peak HP 19 72 RPM at Peak Torque 18 19 72 73 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Appendices RPM Producing Force 38 Safety 4 3 9 40 42 84 96 98 99 100 115 Save 1 7 14 20 36 94 98 102 132 133 134 135 138 Save As 20 94 98 134 Setup 4 75 87 123 Shift 19 53 54 55 56 57 58 65 68 69 72 128 Shift Throttle 54 55 56 70 120 Shift RPM 19 54 55 5
254. tang GT s run through the quarter mile At the top in the right corner is a summary of the run and any improvement between the current run and the last run The Last run can be from the last time you ran the program The program remembers results from different sessions between shutdowns and start ups Make Graph Help Cancel Print Note the ET of 14 763 seconds with a MPH of 95 95 at the top of the report with the stock 3 08 axle However in the columns of numbers you see Feet 1320 Time 14 763 sec but MPH 96 69 not 95 95 This is because a drag strip has timing lights spaced 66 feet apart at the end of the quarter mile These lights are used to determine the vehicle s speed at the end of the run Even though the 96 Mustang GT was doing 96 69 MPH at 1320 FEET it only averaged 95 95 MPH over the last 66 ft of the 1320 FEET See Section 2 7 2 Calculate Performance Output Figure 4 6 Graph of Clutch and Engine RPM indicating clutch slip m Drag Racing Analyzer Pro v2 0 96 Mustang GT x Back File Format View GraphType AddTest History Log Multiple Tests Help HAE IBIAS Pe ve Pesan Clutch RPM less than Eng RPM Suten SEN vs Time sec current results Engine RPM clutch 1 ENng RPI 5 slipping Clutch RPM matching Engine RPM clutch not slipping 15 00 Time sec 143 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 4 Examples Other important things to look for in the Test Results
255. tch The flywheel also releases stored energy during shifts when engine RPM drops from the high speed of the previous gear to the lower speed in the next gear The Drag Racing Analyzer estimates the rotational inertia of the engine and clutch flywheel or converter and transmission parts based on e Displacement in the Engine Specs menu the higher the displacement the higher the inertia e Clutch Specs like disks diameter clutch force the higher these specs the higher the inertia e Converter Capacity the higher the capacity the lower the inertia because this usually means a smaller diameter converter Tips on Simulating Modifications The previous inertia examples point out an error most users will make When you make a modification always think of how it could affect each specification The example of removing 40 lbs from the front wheels not only affected Front Wheels Tires WT but also Vehicle Weight and Wt on Rear Tires Below is a list of common modifications and the specs they may affect 175 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Appendices Engine Modifications Engine modifications can change all Engine Power Curve specs and Displacement If the engine is naturally aspirated not supercharged turbocharged or uses nitrous oxide and you increase the HP generally the RPM where the HP will peak will increase also Vehicle Weight and Wt on Rear Tires may also change if you change to aluminum components
256. ter the clutch switch or trans brake switch is activated at the start of the run Many Super Class racers use throttle stops to control their car s performance to run their index ET Couple all the settings available for the throttle stop and weather and wind variations consistently running the Index ET is complicated See Example 4 4 Weather conditions for Throttle Stop prediction to run the Index ET Figure 2 56 Throttle Stop Menu Weather and ET for 2 previous runs with significant difference in throttle stop settings Menu bar of commands to open or save a file of Throttle Stop specs copy specs from 1 run to another update the prediction etc Current Vehicle file This must be the vehicle these Throttle Stop Specs are for IA Drag Racing Analyzer Pro 2 0 TE Performance Trends Super Gas Grand Am J Nhicle Calc ET Preferences Help Throttle Stop Prediction Fle THRTLSP File Edit Advance Update PrA diction Help Previous Run Corr Baro Hg Air Temp deg F Dew Point deg F Elevation feet Wind MPH Wind Direction Throttle Stop 60 foot sec ET sec Note For good accuracy Throttle Stops for Run 1 and Run 2 must produce ETs that are at least 3 seconds different General Specs and Comments Method of Reading Weather Data Radio TV Report with Dew Pt 7 Milan Raceway near Detroit a Jun 20 2001 9 45 and 10 56 ames ndex sec T S Start
257. the Predicted run becomes enabled Figure 4 34 Dial In Menu Predicting Dial In for the Next Round and you can enter your estimate of what the 60 foot time would be w Dial In Prediction File DIALIN Exit File Edit Advance Update Prediction Help Previous Run Obs Baro Hg Next Run Air Temp deg F ii Rel Hum SSU AS JOU Win Elevation feet Elevation feet your first round F a For the next round s ind MPH VA ind MPH Dial In click on the Wind Direction Mind Direction pe ede ies Estimate Change in 60 60 ft sec at the top of the Dia In menu as shown ae Let Program Estimate 6C x z ese ET sec in Figure 4 33 The Safety Margin sec program will copy all the weather Dial In Sec a lormation from General Specs and Comments the Predicted Run to Method of Reading Weather Data Help Uncon Baro withRelHum Observed barometer reading in inches of the Previous Run Uncorr Baro with Rel Hum mercury as read directly off a barometer and leave the Example of Diall inputs i instrument not corrected to sea level for Predicted run blank elevation p51 Fill in your actual ET and 60 foot time for this last run Assuming you ran 10 193 with a 1 528 60 foot time fill in these values Then fill in the weather for the next round into the Predicted Run column You also realize that your opponent was very lucky to get t
258. the Accel Gs column Tr Wt The percent of the vehicle s weight on the driving tires the tires producing traction This is the same as the Weight on Rear Tires with no acceleration but then is affected by weight transfer aerodynamic effects etc Str Wt The percent of the vehicle s weight on the steering front tires This is affected by weight transfer aerodynamic effects etc Safety Tip Low numbers for Str Wt indicate potential difficulty and loss in steering control 70 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions 2 8 Calculation Menus The following section explains the user input for engine specs listed with Cle buttons These specs are ones where you can simply enter a value or click on the Clc button and the program will present a menu of inputs which will calculate that particular parameter These menus are like computer scratch pads for calculating specs like Final Drive Ratio Tire Diameter etc from other inputs Figure 2 31 Typical Calculation Menu Notes Calc Power Curve The starting values in each calculation menu are usually blanked out Peak HP when the menu is opened If there is other information in the Peak Torque ft Ibs 75 0 program to estimate what one of your input values will be it may be loaded As shown in Figure 2 31 Vehicle Weight Engine Cubic Peak Torque RPM Inches and RPM at HP Peak are already available from other menus Per
259. the Examples the program will warn you that the specs will no longer accurately represent the example and the name will be changed to Use Specs Below Select the Yes answer to the question Change these specs anyway as shown in Figure 4 22 The Body amp Axle menu should now look like Figure 4 23 Figure 4 24 Wheel Tire Specs Menu Wheels amp Tires For Front Wheel Tire specs you Front Wheel Tire Specs weigh a wheel and tire and come up with 20 lbs The diameter you se Specs Below Type Ex Tire Goodyear SuperStock 32x14 x measure at about 22 You keep the Wheel amp Tire Wt Ibs 20 Front Wheel Tire Type of Use Specs a Below and enter these measurements Actually Front a E Wheel Tire s specs are not that Hain Construction Drag Sicks M critical unless you are estimating a describing the type of wheel amp tire p 34 Tread Width in fia performance improvement by Traction Factor modifying Front Wheel Tire weight or diameter If the measurements were not available you could have simply selected Let Program 156 OK back GetExample Save Example Print Help Rear Wheel Tire Specs p Wheel amp Tire Wt Ibs a2 ree Diameter in Tire Diameter in 30 0 Click on down arrow button to pick a method of Tire Growth 3B Cid Note Traction Factor can be changed without the program changing the Rear Tire Type Other Rear 3 Tire specs are considered
260. the Safety Margin which is an amount of time the program subtracts from the predicted ET to help prevent Figure 4 31 Dial In Menu Click on File and then New to blank out all entries Select the Method of Reading Weather Data hich best matches your instrument Dial In Prediction File Exit File Edit Advance Update Pyediction Help Previous Run Predicted Run Obs Baro Hg Obs Baro Hg Air Temp deg F Air Temp deg F B Rel Hum Rel Hum ete Elevation feet Elevation feet fo ssid Wind MPH WindMPH fs Wind Direction alm i Wind Direction Calm No Wine Estimate Change in 60 60 ft sec 60 foot sec Let Program Estimate 6C gt elase Safety Margin sec DiallnSec Help Click on arrow to select how you want to enter weather info and the type of instruments you will use p 50 you from breaking out should the car run slightly quicker than the predicted ET You will have to use your judgment based on your competition for the Safety Margin you need If you have good competition you will have to risk breaking out and use a small Safety Margin for example 005 seconds If you competition is poor use a larger Safety Margin for example 030 seconds The program predicts a 10 186 ET or Dial In based on your first run and the change in weather which includes the Safety Margin of 005 seconds 162 C
261. the Tread Width Scared Figure 2 49 Rolling Radius Metric Tire Size ex 225 Identifies the tire s cross sectional width in millimeters and is also related to the tire s load carrying capacity Letter Tire Size Radius Identifies the tire s load carrying capacity Click on this combo box to select on of the letters This is an older rating system and there is more variation across manufacturer s Aspect Ratio Is the ratio of tire cross sectional height to cross sectional width A 75 series tire has a height 75 as high as its cross sectional width and is generally a tall tire A 50 series tire is a lower profile tire more suited to cornering and performance Wheel Rim Diameter Is the diameter of the wheel s rim 86 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Rolling Radius in Is the tire s radius measured with the tire mounted on the car with the tire on the ground with typical vehicle weight on it Radius is the distance from the center of the tire to the ground See Figure 2 26 Note that this is the only calculation where the diameter is not reduced by 3 because the load is already deforming the tire This is usually the most accurate way to Calculate the Tire Diameter Circumference in Is the tire s circumference measured in inches Circumference is the distance around the outside of the tire on the tread 2 8 16 Estimated Traction Figure 2 50 Traction Factors Factor
262. the engine makes 420 ft lbs at 4500 and 450 HP at 6000 RPM then you have no need to use a calculation menu to calculate Peak Tq and Peak HP Use Calc Value Example Assume you want to calculate Peak Torque and Peak Horsepower for your car but you know very little about the engine You could click on one of the Clc buttons by Peak Torque or Peak Horsepower in the Engine Specs menu You will be presented with the menu shown in Figure 2 31 Vehicle Weight Engine Cubic Inches and RPM at HP Peak are already available from other menus in the program and these values are already loaded into the Calculation Menu Vehicle Weight and Cubic Inches are accurate for your engine and vehicle so you leave them as is However RPM at HP Peak you are not sure of and you may change this Note that all inputs are disabled except Type of Calc Select the Type of Calc from this Combo box Since you do know your quarter mile MPH select Quarter Mile MPH All specs except Vol Eff are now enabled printed in black not gray All you have to do is enter your Quarter Mile MPH of 121 and press lt Enter gt You now see the calculated Peak HP Peak Torque and Peak Torque RPM at the top of the menu 71 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions n aaa a aaa SSS SSS ss You would be ready to Use Calc Values if the RPM at Peak HP was correct From reading in this section you see that a good estimate of RPM at Peak HP i
263. the more efficient the transmission Click on the down arrow key to pick an efficiency from the list Examples of transmissions with these efficiencies are also given in this list Note You can pick any efficiency even though the label does not match your car For example say you are working with a Ford C6 rated at 88 60s Hvy Dty 3 spd Auto You have made some improvements like going to a lighter fluid Simply select an efficiency which is 1 to 2 higher than what you currently have Efficiency set at even though 89 is called 89 60s AWD 3 amp 4 spd Auto The Efficiency of 89 is still slightly better than 88 even though you do not have All Wheel Drive First 1 Gear Ratio Second 2 Gear Ratio Third 3 Gear Ratio Fourth 4 Gear Ratio Fifth 5 Gear Ratio Sixth 6 Gear Ratio Are the gear ratios in the transmission If you do not know your transmission s gear ratios select one of the examples Even though your transmission is not listed select one with the same number of gears This will be closer than guessing Converter Locked Up Click on down arrow to select if converter is locked up for a particular gear The program forces that all gears must also be locked up above the initial gear where you specify lockup This means that if you specify say that 2nd gear is locked up then 33 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions nn 3rd gear can not go back to being an open co
264. timate Change in 60 60 ft Sec 60 foot sec You enter predict 60 ft 1 425 ETs Note For good accuracy Throttle Stops for Run 1 and Run 2 ote om must produce ETs that are at least 3 seconds different Throttle Stop 1 326 HA to deter mine the l General Specs and Comments Method of Reading Weather Data Index sec Help Altimeter with Rel Hum Outside air temperature in degrees F p 51 First Round at Englishtown aj TS Start Time Bid Predict Throttle Stop For your first round the air continues to improve You measure the weather as e 1415 feet altitude or Elevation e 75 degrees e 68 6 relative humidity e 7 MPHside wind The weather specs for both the Previous runs and the Predicted run are shown in Figure 4 37 For this round you are getting the left lane which everyone is complaining is 02 seconds slower for 60 foot times Knowing this you select You enter predict 60 foot time below for Estimate Change in 60 Foot Time and enter 1 425 which is about 02 seconds slower longer than your Previous Run 60 foot times 167 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 4 Examples Click on the Cle button by Throttle Stop and the program recommends you use a 1 326 second throttle stop setting Enter this number into your throttle stop timer Remember because you ve already added in a Safety Margin of 010 seconds you do not ne
265. tio of a rear wheel drive vehicle without locked differentials where the driveshaft is exposed is to jack one of the rear tires off the ground leaving the other rear tire on the ground Mark a spot on the driveshaft Rotate the tire which is off the ground exactly 2 complete revolutions The other tire must remain still which it will if you do not have a locked differential Count the number of revolutions the driveshaft turns This indicates the final drive ratio For example if the driveshaft turns 3 5 times the final drive ratio is 3 5 If you have a locked differential the procedure is the same except you must have both rear wheels off the ground and you rotate the tire only turn not 2 Safety Precaution This procedure should be attempted only by experienced mechanics taking the proper safety precautions This procedure may not be possible for racing axles with locking differentials or spools Diff Lock Eff The final drive differential in either a front wheel drive s transaxle or rear wheel drive s rear axle can be either a locking type posi traction traction lock etc or an open differential with no locking The locking type of differential tries to put the most power to the drive tire with the most traction Production locking differentials do not do this perfectly but some racing differentials do lock up completely Perfect lockup 100 lockup can also be accomplished by welding the differential gears solid or by
266. to best match your condition or select Set Time for Each Gear to enable a Shift Time input for each shift If the transmission has a torque converter the program assumes this is the time required for the automatic transmission to shift Smooth shifting production automatics are designed to take more shift time than race automatics See Driving Specs Summary at the end of this section 53 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Shift Throttle Is the amount of throttle given the engine during the shift process in the same manner as specified under Launch Throttle If the Shift Throttle is specified as 100 the throttle is held at WOT during the shift and the engine will rev up between shifts If the throttle is backed off between shifts for example to 0 for the Shift Throttle the RPM will probably drop between shifts This specification is disabled if the vehicle is specified with a torque converter The computer then assumes the throttle is held wide open 100 Shift Throttle during the shift Shift Strategy Click on arrow button to pick whether the computer should pick good shift RPMs or you want to specify the shift RPMs In the Team Engineer version you can also specify a time from release of trans brake or clutch to start of each shift no matter what the RPM Shift RPMs Click on the down arrow key of this combo box to select to either have the program pick the shif
267. to wide open throttle WOT this would be specified as 100 Launch Throttle Trans brake vehicles where the throttle is WOT but the transmission output is locked would also use 100 If the throttle is only opened to half throttle this would be specified as 50 Launch Throttle This specification is used for both clutch and torque converter transmissions but is disabled if you are using a computer driven launch which eliminates tire spin Launch Time sec Is the amount of time the clutch and throttle are feathered at the start of the run until the Launch Clutch and Launch Throttle reach 100 In other words this is the amount of time the Launch Clutch and the Launch Throttle are in effect After this amount of time the clutch is released completely 100 and the throttle is opened to WOT wide open throttle or 100 This specification is disabled if you are using a computer driven launch Launch Type Figure 2 21 Ramp vs Step Launch Type Click on arrow button to pick the type of transition from these Example of Throttle Opening launch specs to full power specs either gradual Ramp or immediate Step See Figure 2 21 Ramp Step Shift Specs Shift Time sec Is the amount of time it takes the driver to shift This is the total time starting from the moment the clutch is disengaged to when the clutch pedal is released after the shift Click on the down arrow button of this combo box to select the time and description
268. ts First Joe s Machine Shop Tip Enter text company name phone etc which will appear at top of printouts bring up the Preferences menu shown in Figure 2 3 Here you can adjust some program items to personalize the program for your needs Preferences may also save time by eliminating steps you don t require Program Title Comments Location of Test Library Files Use Alternate Location for Files REN Path to Files E Tip This is typically used only for Network systems Enter most any text here for the First and Second lines These 2 lines will Chapter 2 Definitions Miscellaneous Default Floppy Disk Drive A x Time Step for Calculations sec an F it Tests Kept in History Log 50 x Remind on Tire Wt Change Yes x Printer Fonts Arial Font x Printed Graph Width of Page 100 x Always Autoscale New Graph Yes 7 Engine Graph Lines Thick appear at the top of printouts and printed graphs This is a good _oK Cancel Set Graph Colors Restart Showing Help Tips Help place for your business name or your personal name You can change these entries as often as you wish Use Alternate Location for Files Figure 2 4 Alternate Path in Windows Explorer shown on E drive Some users typically those on a network may need to store their data files in a location another than in the DRPFILES folder in the DRP20 folder the folder containing the act
269. ual Drag Racing Analyzer Pro program For example you may want to put the files on the E drive so other computers can access them If so choose Yes and then the spec Path to Files will be enabled In most all situations except for network users it is STRONGLY recommended you keep this marked No It is also STRONGLY recommended that if you do choose Yes that you do NOT keep changing this back and forth from No to Yes This will produce possible errors when saving or opening files This will be due mostly to saving them in one location and then looking for them in another location F1 Explonng IE Copy the DRPFILES folder to the new location Here it is shown on the E drive where the path would be simply E DAFF ilgaz imera rins 4 0 iyo FH Dave So EE Greena Eat F H C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Path to Files If you set the previously described Use Alternate Location for Files spec to Yes this spec becomes enabled Enter the full path to the new location for the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro data files For example if you want to store the files on the E drive enter the path E Either before you make this change in the Preferences menu or immediately after that change you must copy the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro data folder directory DRPFILES to the new location on the E drive in the root directory Default Floppy Disk Drive Cho
270. uld Registered Code 14666 get your disk serial number registered name and Enter Unlocking Code if E Help code number and computer hardware number These are available by clicking on File in the upper left hand corner of the Main Screen then Click on Help for more info on how you use this screen to unlock this program clicking on Unlocking Program Options A screen will appear as shown in Figure 1 2 Performance Trends will provide you with an unlocking code number Type in the unlocking code number and click on OK If you typed in a number correctly you will be given a message that the program is permanently unlocked to either the Basic or Pro mode The program will only run on this one computer If you want to run the program on another computer you must install it obtain the computer hardware number and registered code number as shown in Figure 1 2 and call Performance Trends for a new Unlocking Code for that computer There may be a charge for additional computers Also See Section 1 2 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 1 Introduction C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 1 Introduction 1 5 Example to Get You Going To start the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Analyzer click on Start then Programs then Performance Trends and then Drag Racing Analyzer Pro or simply click on the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro icon on your desktop During startup of the program y
271. unsure click on Get Examples to pick examples or use the typical value of 5 32 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Tip Note that you can simulate a completely locked up converter 0 slip in any gear other than 1st gear Transmission Type Click on the down arrow of this combo box for the following choices e Use Specs Below e Pick Example Transmission e Example Example Name if you have already chosen a transmission example The major differences between an automatic or manual transmission in this program are e An automatic transmission uses a torque converter This you select in the Clutch Converter section e An automatic transmission has higher power losses due to the pump and larger areas for fluid friction This is represented by the Efficiency spec in the Transmission section The program will let you combine a clutch with an automatic transmission lower Efficiency rating or a torque converter with a manual transmission higher Efficiency rating It also lets you combine any combination of example clutches converters and transmissions Efficiency Is the amount of power which actually leaves the transmission compared to the amount which entered the transmission gets from the engine Automatics are about 3 6 less efficient than manual transmissions The more heavy duty the transmission the less efficient larger bearing areas The fewer the number of gears
272. upper right corner you see a Summary of the Current and Last performance including an Improvement or how much the current performance is better than the previous results You ll notice that the 97 49 MPH in this section is slightly less than the MPH at the end of the MPH column That is because a drag strip uses 2 timing lights spread over the last 66 ft of drag strip to measure top speed through the traps These lights give a slightly lower MPH than the car actually ran at exactly 1320 feet To summarize the MPH in the Summary best matches the MPH on a quarter mile time slip The menu bar and the command buttons at the top of the screen shows some of the options for various formats for data output e Analyze will produce a report of performance and safety tips on the test results e Graph will produce various types of graphs You can also compare the current results to results of the previous run or some other runs you have saved e Print lets you print these results on your printer If you have a printer hooked up to your computer try the Print command by clicking on Print in the menu bar or on the Printer button A small menu of printout options is presented These options allow you to enter a report comment include vehicle specs and comments in the printout etc These options are explained in Section 3 4 For this first time accept the default settings and print the report by clicking on Print Results To help explain the other co
273. ur own vehicle follow the procedure in Example 4 2 to match the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro to your vehicle specs for some good running day When the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro s predicted results match your vehicle s results save these specs to the Vehicle Library Use a new vehicle name like 133 1MPH 10 12ET which could be for the your vehicle running 133 1 MPH in 10 12 seconds Note 001 Sec Increments Since we will be looking for very minor ET changes we should select the 001 Sec Increments in the Preferences menu This will have the program calculate all time results to the nearest thousandth of a second This was done in Example 4 2 Calculate performance for the file Example 4 2 file and you obtain 10 182 133 43 MPH Open Up Dial In Menu Once you have developed a set of vehicle specs which represent your car click on the Dial In button at the top of the Main Menu These vehicle specs do not have to produce Fi gure 4 30 Dial In Accuracy Notice Dial In Accuracy your ET and MPH exactly but should be within a couple of MPH and a couple of tenths of the ET You are first given a notice to this effect as shown in gt The Dial In feature s accuracy depends on how close the current Example 4 2 vehicle s g 2 specs match the vehicle you are figuring a Dial In for Figure 4 30 Click on Yes and you will see a screen A A i icle similar to that shown in Fi gure 4 31 Do the current Example 4 2 specs match this vehicle Firs
274. us Run 2 If you want to enter your prediction of 60 ft time based on lane choice traction change through the day etc select You Enter predict 60 Foot Time Below Then the 60 foot sec input will be enabled where you can enter your own estimate 60 foot sec Predicted Run 95 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Is your estimate of the 60 foot time for the Predicted Run See Estimate Change in 60 Foot Time above Safety Margin Is how much slower you want the program to predict a Throttle Stop time for For example if you set a 9 9 index and a 010 second Safety Margin the program will predict the Throttle Stop for actually running 9 91 seconds giving you a 010 second margin for not breaking out running quicker than the 9 90 index and loosing For example say the program s calculations predict a throttle stop setting of 97 seconds You must realize that this is based on all inputs being exactly correct your reaction time being exactly the same as the previous run and the program s prediction capabilities being exactly correct None of these are exact To compensate you can enter in a safety margin amount of time to compensate for any inconsistencies If your opponent is highly competitive then enter in a small Safety Margin You ll have to run very close to your Index to win and are willing to take more of a chance at breaking out If your opponent is not competitive th
275. usting the program s inputs to produce results which closely match a certain vehicle s drag strip results Example 4 2 shows this process in some detail Start with a file from the Vehicle Library which somewhat closely resembles your car Then modify all inputs you can measure or know for certain Also choose Computer Driven no tire spin as the Launch Type in the Driving Specs menu to let the computer launch the car There are other specifications which you probably do not know or are difficult to measure These uncertain specs which will have a major impact on performance include Uncertain Specifications e Engine Power Curve specs unless dynamometer data is available Clutch Specs for manual transmissions Converter Capacity for automatic transmissions Converter Torque Multiplication Converter Slip Factor Transmission Efficiency Tire Growth Drag Coefficient Tire Traction Factor Shift Time Use the guidelines in Sections 2 2 2 7 and Example 4 2 to estimate the uncertain specs Calculate performance and compare the computer s results to your car s actual results Use actual results from a good running day and results you feel comfortable you could repeat under the same conditions Then use the tips below bring the computer s results in line with these actual results To increase the MPH with little effect on ET e Reduce Drag Coefficient e Increase Tire Growth e Increase Engine Power Curve specs and decrease Traction
276. ve the Wheels Tires menu Answer No for now Calculate performance an we get an ET of 14 512 Nearly a one tenth improvement just by moving weight around on the vehicle not moving it to change traction Now reduce the Vehicle Weight 80 Ibs to 3120 This simulates removing 40 lbs from each front wheel amp tire and not placing it on the vehicle This GT5 0L s ET is now down to 14 441 Analyzer Modification Baseline No change to GTS OL 14 593 94 97 and place the weight on the body vehicle weight lightens up 80 Ibs Vehicle Weight 3120 To be exact about removing 40 lbs from each front wheel tire the GT5 0L s Wt on Rear Tires would have increased to 41 from the GT5 0L s original 40 Weight on the Rear Engine Inertia Engine inertia is more complicated than other rotating inertia on the vehicle It is not always best to reduce engine inertia to improve acceleration That is because the engine is not geared directly to the road Engine RPM does not have to change at the same rate or even in the same direction as vehicle speed When the vehicle s speed is zero the engine could be spinning at 10 000 RPM Release the clutch and the engine RPM drops as the vehicle speeds up Because of this difference you can use the engine s rotating inertia to help accelerate the car For example an engine s flywheel spinning a 10 000 RPM stores tremendous energy This energy can be used to get the vehicle accelerating once you drop the clu
277. ve will be the best ratio For example we could start at 2 0 and increment in 50 ratio increments to 5 5 With wrenches money parts and a drag strip this could take several days On the computer we will be done in a few minutes with clean fingernails and money left in our wallet Click on Final Drive Ratio under Axle Specs and type 2 over the current value of 3 08 If 2 had not been within acceptable limits the program will display the limits Then click on OK back to return to the Main Menu There you can click on 144 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 4 Examples Figure 4 8 Test Results with 2 0 Axle Ratio Notice negative improvement in ET of 145 seconds or the car went 145 seconds and 22 Click here to show A MPH slower with the 2 0 axle ratio Test History Log w Drag Racing Analyzer Pro 2 9 TE Performance Trends 96 Mustang GT Back Graph Print Analyze istory File Help F1 r Notes Summary High Clutch Slip Current RT 14 908 MPH 95 72 60 ft 2 463 Timer Cmnts Notes Tire Traction Very Low Click on Last 14 763 3595 2 395 i l Notes for more Details Improvement 145 a2 068 Sex __ Tme _ MFH___lAcos Gs Feet__ C RPM Engi Tq Mut_ C Sip Eng HP z Thee T Sep Tew __ Str Wt D N Sor KH INNO 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 History Log shows similar results as the Test Summary but will keep a running log of several runs in this case for each run with a different Axle Ratio
278. veral simplifying assumptions are made to reduce the calculations to a manageable level See the Assumptions in Appendix 1 The user must recognize The software can not predict the safety of a vehicle modification or driving situation Done correctly with the proper quality parts and safety precautions extreme vehicle conditions can be safe Done by inexperienced racers with standard or low quality parts a drag car can be a disaster waiting to happen Please read and follow the Safety Notes as highlighted in this manual The software like any computer model can NOT make exact predictions because e Much of the input data to the software is estimated e Even if the input data were exactly correct the simplifying assumptions within the program will limit the accuracy e Environmental conditions driver performance track conditions etc are rarely constant and repeatable The software should be used as a guide to e Help you understand how a vehicle works what parameters are important how parameters interact what are the tradeoffs etc e Point you in the correct general direction for making modifications This direction should be verified by other sources like known authorities time slips books etc Never trust one single source if it does not make sense to you e Make you think not think for you If unexpected results are obtained take a minute to e Double check all your data input e Refer back to this manual e Ask so
279. w Test History Oy x Close History Log Clear erase History Print Options Help Test Title Save Feet DnsyAlt Dry Dnsy Alt Imprymnt Imprymnt nent Timer Impryront 96 mustang gt Sun Sep 16 01 10 24 1320 1693 1941 2 463 068 7 908 145 000 96 mustang gt Sun Sep 1601 10 21 1320 1693 1941 2 395 000 14 763 000 i F 000 96 mustang gt Sun Sep 16 01 10 21 1320 1693 1941 2 395 021 14 763 024 i 1 03 000 96 mustang gt Sun Sep 16 01 10 18 1320 1693 1941 2 374 021 14 787 054 1 23 000 96 mustang gt Sun Sep 16 01 10 18 1320 1693 1941 2 395 026 14 733 007 31 000 96 mustang gt Sun Sep 16 01 10 18 1320 1693 1941 2 421 040 14 726 124 78 000 AC maraban ab Com Can 1001 10 17 4190n 1ca02 1044 3 AC1 14 ORN 4 Click on Test Title 1st Column to Open that test Click and slide button on right for more History info Calculate Performance then the Calculate Performance button at this menu as you did before or just click on the Calc ET button at the top of the Main Menu The Calc ET button is a shortcut Figure 4 8 shows an ET of Figure 4 9 Comparison Graph Using History Log MOS MET MEE saan taa Fie fama Ven Caph pe Alf Fytog Mudie Toss Hep improvement of 145 seconds pe EAERI actually a 145 second slower Eng RPM Clutch RPM vs Time sec ET MPH was also slower by r i l 22 MPH This shows an increase in ET slower as we expected The negative improvements mean that performance was hurt by the last modi
280. wheel or any rotating engine component the larger the inertia value Values for inertia are difficult to obtain therefore Table 2 2 is provided for estimating inertia You can also click on the Cle button to calculate from measured or descriptive data Table 2 2 Estimate of Engine Inertia Ib ft 2 Engine Size Heavy Duty _ Std Duty Lightened Less than 2 0L 122 cid 2 0 3 5L 122 214 cid 3 6 5 0L 215 307 cid 70 6 40 5 1 6 5L 308 400 cid 110 90 50 Greater than 8 1L 491 cid 180 150 90 24 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Throttle Stop Type Click on down arrow button to pick the type of throttle stop you are using if any and number of times the stop comes On Your choice here will determine which specs are enabled in this section Choosing an option other than None will have power reduced from the current engine power curve during the run at certain times In real drag racing power is usually reduced when a throttle stop is applied Usually this timer is started with the transbrake switch or when the clutch is released which is what the Pro assumes Due to the time it takes the car to respond to release of the trans brake or clutch and to roll out of the timing lights usually 1 4 seconds the throttle stop starting time will not match the ET timer For example if you specify 1st Stop Start Time to start in 2 seconds and the rollout requir
281. which axle was on the scale for the Weight on 1 Axle measurement 81 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions Figure 2 43 Procedure to Measure C G Height 2 1 1 1 Calc C G Heig ht Block suspension so springs can not be compressed This menu is available by clicking on the C G Height Clc Raise one end of car button in the Body amp Axle specs menu a significant distance The procedure to determine C G height requires one end of the car to be raised while accurately measuring the wheel weights on the other end of the car before and after the car is raised The suspension must be blocked so the one springs do not compress during the process This can be Weighing Scale done by replacing the shocks with solid links that showing weight level Block up tire level with scale maintain the vehicle s free standing height and raised for accurate level car weight Raising a typical car about 20 inches quite a lot will only show a weight increase of 30 60 lbs for most cars Therefore this process requires very precise weight measurements Some tips to improve the accuracy of the procedure include e Wiggle the car slightly on the scale to ensure it always returns to the same weight e The higher you raise the car the more weight difference you will see and the more accurate results e The test should be run with the driver and all fluid levels at race conditions e Do the entire tes
282. will only run on this one computer Enter Unlocking Code _ Help If you want to run the program on another Click on Help for more info on how you use this screen to unlock this program computer you must install it obtain the computer hardware number and registered code number as shown in Figure 1 1 and call Performance Trends for a new Unlocking Code for that computer There may be a charge for additional computers You may need to transfer the program to another computer like when you buy a new computer If so install the program on the new computer It will run for 10 days During that 10 days call when you can have your old computer up and running Go into the Drag Racing Analyzer Pro program click on File then Transfer Program to Another Computer Performance Trends will ask for some numbers from this screen and give you a code which will permanently turn the program Off on this old computer Then give Performance Trends the information for the new computer and they will give you a new unlocking code free C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 1 Introduction 1 3 A Word of Caution The Drag Racing Analyzer Pro is a comprehensive software package which estimates a vehicle s performance based on limited user input These estimates can be used for analysis of drag strip or normal street performance A vehicle is a very complex system which makes exact calculations of all details impossible Therefore se
283. you have already chosen a clutch or converter example Depending on your choice the appropriate sections buttons and inputs will be disabled grayed out and you will not be able to access them Figure 2 12 Additional Specs for Racing Centrifugal Type Clutches Choose the type which best describes your clutch The top 2 choices are for standard clutches where the clutch force is constant and just identifies the OK back GetExample Save Example Print material of the clutch disk either organic sometimes called a rag clutch which is an older style material or metallic which is common in most racing clutches If you do not know the Clutch Material let the program estimate it by selecting the Type called Let Program Estimate Clutch 0 Diameter in Clutch Specs Clutch Force Ibs Clutch Disks Clutch Converter Type Clutch Use Specs Below Clutch Type Racing Centrifugal increasi a fc The third choice of Racing Centrifugal Clutch enables several additional clutch specs Centrifugal clutches are ones where the clamping force which controls the torque which passes through a clutch Clutch Diameter in Friction Coefficient increases with RPM At low RPM the clutch is Centrifugal Force Ibs most likely slipping to reduce torque to the tires and Centrifugal Farce RPM 6000 controlling tire spin At higher RPM once the car has launched and is down the track the clutch locks Up
284. you will record weather conditions and ET for a previous run in this case 2 runs and input weather conditions for a future run to Predict Instead of telling you the ET the car will run for this Predicted Run the program tells you how to set your throttle stop to run your desired ET Matching Your Vehicle s Performance The first step is to get the computer results to match your actual drag strip results See Example 4 2 for this For this example we will use the Super Gas Grand Am vehicle file in the Examples folder Open this file from the Vehicle Library This car runs about 9 65 ETs with no throttle stop The throttle stop is used to slow it down to running the 9 90 index of the NHRA Super Gas class Open Up Throttle Stop Menu Once you have developed a set of vehicle specs which represent your car click on the Throttle Stop button at the top of the Main Menu These vehicle specs do not have to produce your ET and MPH exactly but should Figure 4 35 Throttle Stop Accuracy Notice be within a couple of MPH and a couple of Throttle Stop Accuracy tenths of the ET You are first given a notice to i 5 P The Throttle Stop feature s accuracy depends on how close the current Super Gas Grand this effect as shown in Figure 4 35 Click on bs Am vehicle s specs match the vehicle you are figuring a Throttle Stop for Yes and you will see a screen similar to that shown in Figure 4 36 Do the current Super Gas Grand Am specs match this vehi
285. yzer Pro 2 0 TE Performance Trends 96 Mustang GT Back Graph Print Analyze History File Help F1 F m Notes Summary High Clutch Slip Engine Current ET 15 014 MPH 95 61 60 ft 2 475 Tip Cmnts S Notes RPM Very Low Tire Traction Low Click on Last 14 776 29 2 32 I I i Notes for more Details Improvement 238 Rr ASA 000 Gear__ Time_ _ MPH___ Accel Gs Feet___ C RPM__ EngRPM TqMult CSlip EngHP Tht Slip Tr Wt Str Wt 312 00 50 1 0 3000 1 00 100 161 61 5 48 4 51 6 000 3 47 51 n 329 RAR 1n RA 151 2 48 9 51 6 2 475 28 16 42 Edit Test Title Eg 45 6 52 2 6 375 59 60 28 43 5 52 7 6 513 59 49 04 Enter a Test Title 43 5 533 6 773 59 27 44 471 50 2 9 838 75 96 22 _Cancel 425 52 8 12 654 88 09 18 41 4 52 8 15 014 96 37 15 40 6 52 6 D m o NIN N N N om eK ONNOO 2 0 Axle Ratio current results because we m Test History Close History Log Clear erase Histo s Help Test Tite Save Fest DnsyAlt Diy Dnsy Alt 60 ft Imprvmnt ET Imprvmnt MPH Imprvmnt Timer _ Imprvmnt Tim 0 96 mustang gt Sun Sep 16 01 9 47 1693 1941 2 475 15 014 95 61 Click on Test Title 1st Column to Open that test Click and slide button on right for more History info 146 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 4 Examples m m aan E Ema o O V Q mmaa K aaa aaa Graph these results with the Baseline 3 08 axle results for the graph in Figure 4 10 Figure 4 10 points out
286. yzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions 50 C Performance Trends Inc 2001 Drag Racing Analyzer Pro Chapter 2 Definitions 2 6 Driving Specs The Driving Specs describe how the driver controls gear changes clutch release during the launch and power through the throttle After all specs are defined in this section below a Driving Specs Summary section follows which describes how these options work together Figure 2 20 Driving Specs Menu _ _ l Selecting Computer Driven launch Tea Ea Picks RPMs also makes makes running the program and ee tO IUN making comparisons much easier ia Driving Specs Ed OK back Pri Help Launch Specs l Shift Specs Type Coriputer Driven No tire spin Shift Time sec 2g gee Starting Launch RPM Shift 2 Throttle 50 Match RPM Minimum Launch RPM Shift Strategy Launch Clutch Computer Picks RPMs Launch Throttle becomes enabled Launch Time sec Launch Type Gradually ramp to full powe 1 2 Shift 000 2 3 Shift 000 r Help 3 4 Shift Team Engineer Click on arrow button to pick the amount of time for a 3 4 Shift 5000 lets you patie shift to be completed List is different if automatic or 4 5 Shift manual transmission p 41 a O000 z shifts based on 5 6 Shift time since release of the trans brake or clutch Launch Specs The launch getting the vehicle moving from its standing start is probably the most

Drag Race Analyzer Pro User`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents